Idrive - User contributions [en]

File:X2 Test chart.jpg

2015-07-28T20:34:48Z

Jeff:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-07-28T20:09:48Z

Jeff: /* Lens Focusing */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This proprietary document contains the information necessary to produce an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Wherever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a unique serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. Each serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|'''DSL-218A-670-F2.0''' Lens for '''Road side''' of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector)(Lens '''has Text''' on it)
|-
|'''DSL-180A-NIR-F2.0''' Lens for '''Driver Side''' of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it)(Lens has '''NO Text''' on it)
|-
|X2 LED board assembly
|-
|Flat flex Cable
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|175px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|325px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|175px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

'''DSL-180A Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings) ---------------------'''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|200px|]]----------------------------[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|190px]]

'''5.''' Connect the LED Board to the Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

 The LED Board has been modified and the connector is now on the opposite side of the board.

 We will update the picture once we receive the boards

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Initial Programming==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|I/O Test Loopback Board
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Firmware Programming Station====

[[#Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation | X2 Programming Station Setup]]

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_sta1.jpg|400px|]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board into the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the serial programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture. (observe polarity)

'''4.''' Connect the USB Network Adapter to the Idrive X2 Main Board.

'''5.''' Plug in I/O Test board Into Accessory Connectors

::*This adapter board is being built. For now the I/O test is bypassed

 Need a new Picture with I/O board shown

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_front.jpg|340px|]] [[File:idr_x2_pgmr_back.jpg|340px|]]

<br\><br\>

====X2 Automatic Install and Configuration====

Notes: The Automatic install performs the following:

::* installs the boot loader into the X2 board. (The Kernel and filesystem are pre-installed on the 4GB SD card)

::* gets device configuration from the Idrive AdminCenter (IP address configuration)

::* Tests triggering on the yellow, blue and green wires

::* provides lens focus mode so both lenses can be focused and glued

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button [[File:ft_factoryauto_button.jpg|250px|]]

 

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label on the device to be programmed and press Enter.

(if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field )

[[File:x2_scan_serial_auto.jpg|250px|]]

 

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open, Click on Start Installation

[[File:x2_auto_pgmr_phase1.jpg|650px|]]

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. Common errors are:

::* Missing or corrupt OS on 4GB SD card

::* Missing or corrupt storage SD card

::* Serial cable not connected

::* USB NIC or Internet connection missing

::* I/O ports tester board missing

::* Any assembly or incorrect component error

If all steps are successfully completed the program will enter into Lens Focus / LED test mode Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2_focusmode_both_sides.jpg|600px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180A) (the same side as the Processor).

::*'''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector).

::*'''Focus using the provided Idrive Focus Chart. Distance to chart can be 3,6,9 feet but the farther the better. '''

::*Use zoom mode to ensure accurate focus

[[File:x2_focusmode_outside_no_zoom.jpg|600px|]]

'''3.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

[[File:X2_Test_chart.jpg|600px|]]

'''4''' Verify that the 4 IR LEDs are on (faint red glow in 4 places)

[[File:x2_irled_check.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear and the 4 IRLeds are on click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear or any IRLeds are not functioning for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the factory tool will exit focus mode so corrective action can be taken.

'''6.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.'''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture, remove I/O test board

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|X2 Main Board and LED Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|275px|]][[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|275px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_main_driver_case.jpg|400px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|FCC Compliance Label
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw, Place FCC compliance sticker as shown.

::*Note correct orientation of Support Spur ("Gear" towards FCC sticker)

[[File:x2_fcc_compliance_sticker.jpg|300px]]

'''2.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|250px|]]

'''3.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly so as to avoid he power connector opening.

[[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board. Remove the backing tape from the wifi antenna and affix the Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together ensuring no cables interfere with or block the Lens, Power Connector, I/O Connectors, USB opening or case screw

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Install Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors - move to after final test.

[[File:x2accessorycover.jpg|200px|]]

'''4.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw. Do not over torque the screw.

[[File:Accessory_Cover_Plate.JPG|420px|]]

 

===Windshield Support Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Hex nut for Support Attachment
|-
|}

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Windshield support not attached to the camera until after final test or else the power connector would be inaccessible

::* Snap plastic back plate into support

::* secure with screw

::* Apply 3M tape and trim flush with scalpel

[[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|350px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Secondary Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS, labeling)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the X6 Fixture be used. Because this document is intended to support production the X6 Fixture process is shown here.

<br\>

[[File:x2_x6_station.jpg|400px|]]

[[#Appendix C - Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Documentation | Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Setup]]

<br\>

===Stage 2 Initialize X6 Fixture===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|600px|]]

'''1.''' Turn on the power toggle switch of the X6 Fixture

'''2.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''3.''' Press any one of the 6 Ignition push buttons to turn on the test cameras

'''4.''' When the X2 device's LED are Green/Green the camera is ready to test.

<br\>

===Test X2 Internal Accelerometer function===

'''1.'''Gently shake each camera to trigger a shock event

::* Right LED will turn red. Both LEDs green after event finishes recording.

::* Alarm/W-Panic and Door events may be triggered by pressing the corresponding push button. (these events are tested in at the first test station so this is optional)

<br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Press any one of the 6 Ignition push buttons to initiate transfer of events to the test station.

===Verify the Events in Factory Tool===

'''1.''' Factory Tool verify that each camera downloads

[[File:ft_transfer_results.jpg|600px|]]

::- Red text is bad (Camera transfered but no shock event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- Black text is good (Camera is pending the label printing process)

::- Green text is good (Passed Accelerometer, GPS and Label application)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Print Serial Number, Barcode, MAC Address Labels===

[[File:x2_label_flow.jpg|700px|]]

If the transfer(s) and tests are successful Labels for the device can be printed. You must print the labels within 240 seconds* or the tests must be rerun.

:: *This timeout length can be changed by Idrive if needed to help with process flow.

[[File:ft_print_240sec.jpg|300px|]] [[File:ft_print_115sec.jpg|250px|]]

Click on "Print(230sec until close)" link to start the print dialog

::* When Print is selected the corresponding Camera will flash its LEDs: GREEN/GREEN OFF/OFF RED/RED ... repeat

::* You must confirm the label Printed and was attached to the camera before the next Camera can have the label printer.

Click on "Quick Print"

[[File:ft_print_dialog.jpg|400px|]]

Click On Confirm Label printed if successful.

[[File:ft_print_printed.jpg|200px|]][[File:ft_print_printed2.jpg|250px|]]

Tear-off the three labels from the printer. Place one Label on the back of the camera covering the case screw as shown. Advance the remaining two labels to Final Assembly/ Packaging.

[[File:ft_barcode_on_case.jpg|400px|]]

<br\>

==Idrive X2 Final Assembly/Packaging (Windshield support attachment, Final Inspection, Packaging)==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Final Processing Materials'''
|-
|Windshield Support Assembly
|-
|Screw for attachment of Support to X2 Camera
|-
|Hex nut for Support Attachment
|-
|2 serial number barcode labels
|-
|}

===Attach Windshield support to camera===

'''1.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment.

 

===X2 Camera Final Inspection and Packaging===

No smudges

put in plastic bubble wrap bag & place sticker on the outside with the serial number

Place in box and put serial number sticker on outside of box

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Log in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idriveglobal.com/ http://admincenter.idriveglobal.com]

Click on shipping and then click ADD to start the process

[[File:ft_shipping1.jpg|300px]] [[File:ft_shipping2.jpg|300px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|600px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|700px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|700px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|600px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|700px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The X2 Micro SD cards need to be be formatted with the EXT4 filesystem and have the system image placed on them. There are several ways to accomplish this

::* SB Shark Duplicator

::* Using a Linux system (a virtual machine is installed on the programming station for this purpose)

::*A windows PC with a third party driver the recognizes the EXT4 filesystem (not recommended)there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''. This often cause system crashes with "the blue screen of death"

::*Purchase SD cards that are preprogrammed (not economical base on the quotes we received)

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of a Linux System for MicroSD copying===

'''Overview''' - Any Linux system can be used for staging the Idrive X2 filesystem on the MicroSD card. The filesystem type on the SDcard needs to be EXT4 format (Linux filesystem). There are open source drivers available that allow windows to recognize the EXT4 file system but they very unstable and cause system crashes. It is therefore recommended that Linux be used for the microSD programming. The programming station has Ubuntu Linux installed on it using VMWare (virtual system).

'''Using VMware for access to Ubuntu Linx'''

Double Click on the VMware Icon on the desktop, Click "Ubuntu-64bit" to launch the virtual machine, login at the prompt with username ('''ubuntu''') and password ('''none''')(the word, not blank)

[[File:vmware_icon.jpg|75px|]] [[File:vmware_player1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:ubuntu_login_screen.jpg|200px|]]

Ensure the removable devices are assigned to the virtual machine and not windows ("check mark" means connected to virtual machine)

Player> Removable Devices> SuperTop Mass Storage> Connect (Disconnect from Host)

::*Number of devices will vary based on hardware and the number of MicroSD cards inserted

::*"SuperTop" is the name of the SD adaptor in use. This will vary depending on the adapter used

::* Host is the windows system

::* once the removable device is attached to the virtual machine it should stay assigned for the entire session

[[File:ubuntu_removable_devices.jpg|450px|]]

[[File:x2_sd_prog_icon.jpg|100px|]]Click on the X2 MicroSD Programming Icon.

[[File:microsd_prog_1.jpg|400px|]] A terminal window will open and the MicroSD card(s) will be formatted and the filesystem (OS) written to them. While this is happening you will see "Still Waiting for Cards..."

[[File:x2_microsd_prog_done.jpg|400px|]] Upon successful completion you will see Cards are done! The amount of time for the process will depend on the number of cards being programmed at the same time.

[[File:ubuntu_shutdown.jpg|400px|]]

 

===Use of SDShark Duplicator for MicroSD programming===

[[Manufacturing: SDShark use for MicroSD programming | WireShark use for MicroSD programming]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_sta1.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
|Windows 8 Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|Bar Code Scanner
|-
|Lens Focus Charts
|-
|Micro SD card reader
|-
|Idrive X2 Programmer Fixture
|-
|I/O Loopback Test Adapter
|-
|DC 12V/1A '''LINEAR''' power supply
|-
|USB type B cable
|-
|USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
|Cat5 Cable
|-
|Power cable for X2
|-
|X2 Serial Programming cable
|-
|}

<br\>

===X2 Programming Computer Setup===

====Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements ====

::*Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)

::*Speaker(s)

::*Windows 8.1 Professional recommended

::*1GB RAM

::*100 GB Hard Disk

::*2 Network Interface adaptors (NICs)

::* Keyboard and Mouse

====Network Configuration====

: Network Connection to the Programming Fixture

::* IP address: 192.168.0.10

::* Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::* Default gateway: Blank

: Network Connection with access to internet

::* DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

====Computer Software Requirements====

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x

* Future Technologies USB Driver for X2 Programming Fixture (http://www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/VCP.htm)

* Firefox Web browser (https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/)

 

===X2 Programming Fixture Setup===

[[File:programmer.png|thumb|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

====Computer Connections====

::* Connect the 12volt Power Supply to the Power Connector

::* Connect the USB cable from Programming computer to USB Type B connector

::* Connect the USB-to-Ethernet Adapter to the Programming Computer with a Cat5 (Network) Cable

 

====Idrive Camera Connections====

::* Connect "Idrive Cable" to the Device to be programmed

::* Connect the "Programming Connector" to the Device to be programmed

::* Connect the USB-to-Ethernet Adapter to the Device to be programmed

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

'''Turn On the Power switch''' and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

==Appendix C - Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Documentation ==

===Secondary/Final Test Station Components===

[[File:x2_x6_station.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Components '''
|-
|Windows 8 Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|USB to Ethernet adapter (Second NIC on Computer)
|-
|Bar Code Scanner
|-
|Idrive X6 Test Fixture
|-
|DC 12V/6A power supply
|-
|6 Power cables for X2
|-
|Zebra barcode printer
|-
|USB type B cable (for Printer)
|-
|802.11g Wifi access point
|-
|Cat5 Cable, POE, Shielded FTP Cable
|}

<br\>

===X2 Secondary/Final Test Computer Setup===

====Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements ====

::*Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)

::*Speaker(s)

::*Windows 8.1 Professional recommended

::*1GB RAM

::*100 GB Hard Disk

::*2 Network Interface adaptors (NICs)

::* Keyboard and Mouse

====Network Configuration====

: Network Connection to the Programming Fixture

::* IP address: 192.168.0.10

::* Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::* Default gateway: Blank

: Network Connection with access to internet

::* DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

====Computer Software Requirements====

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x

* Firefox Web browser (https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/)

 

===X6 Secondary/Final Test Fixture Setup===

====Computer Connections====

::* No Direct connection from the X6 Fixture and the PC

::* Idrive 802.11g Access point

::* Internet connection

 

====Idrive Camera Connections====

::* Connect "Idrive Power Cable Cable" to the Cameras to be Configured/Tested

<br\>

'''Turn On the Power switch''' and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Idrive X2 Factory Tool Documentation ==

=== Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x Application===

[[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]] Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application

[[File: ft_main_menu.jpg|500px|]]

 

==== Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Click on Settings [[File:ft_settings_button.jpg|250px|]]

 

[[File:ft_barcode_settings.jpg|350px|]]

Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

 

[[File:ft_config_settings.jpg|750px|]]

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

 

[[File:ft_event_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_driverid_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_gsm_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_factoryid_settings.jpg|650px|]]

 

[[File:ft_admincenter_settings.jpg|725px|]]

 

[[File:ft_passwords_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

==Appendix E - Idrive X2 Labels/Printing Documentation ==

=== ZT410 Printer Configuration ===

[[File:zebra_pref1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:zebra_pref2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:ft_label_setup.jpg|300px|]]

===Label for X2 Main PCB serial number/bar code label ===

1 ea Brady THT-103-727-10 - Placed on X1 Main Board at build time

 Requires Ribbon R6000

1"X.25", White, Thermal, '''High Temp Polyimide''', 1 per row, 3" core, 10k per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/bradyid/pdpv/THT-103-727-10.html

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_148.pdf

::* Serial number Example: 025821100001

::* Bar Code of serial number (Code 128)

 

===Label for X2 External serial number/bar code/MAC address ===

3 ea THT-3-423-10 - for X2 Case, Plastic bag, Box exterior

1"X.37", White, Thermal, B423 Polyester, 3 per row, 3" roll core, 10K per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/bradyid/pdpv/THT-3-423-10.html

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_122.pdf

Order from: https://www.biscoind.com/store?goto=1#view1 (search for THT-3-423-10)

'''Requires Ribbon #R6007''' http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_184.pdf

[[File:ft_external_lable.jpg|400px|]]

::* Serial number Example: 025821100001

::* Bar Code of serial number

::* MAC Address of Wifi Module

::* Made in USA

 

===Label for X2 FCC/CE compliance ===

[[File:ft_x2_compliance_label.jpg|350px|]]

::* FCC logo CE Logo

::* Idrive Inc.

::* Idrive X2

 

===Label for X2 GSM module serial number/bar code/MAC address ===

2 ea THT-xxx0 - for GSM Module Case, Plastic bag

1.5"X.25", White, Thermal, B423 Polyester, 2 per row, 3" roll core, 10K per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/tbd

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/tbd

Order from: https://www.biscoind.com/store?goto=1#view1 (search for tbd)

[[File:ft_gsm_lable.jpg|350px|]]

::* IMEI number Example: IMEI: 861075020842522

::* Bar Code of IMEI (or is it the SIM?)

::* ICCID (SIM serial number?) Example:8940011410302975328F

'''Where does the label go? Windshield side next to red tape?'''

File:Accessory Cover Plate.JPG

2015-07-20T18:49:30Z

Jeff: Jeff uploaded a new version of "File:Accessory Cover Plate.JPG"

File:Accessory Cover Plate.JPG

2015-07-20T18:45:21Z

Jeff: Jeff uploaded a new version of "File:Accessory Cover Plate.JPG"

File:Accessory Cover Plate.JPG

2015-07-20T18:45:19Z

Jeff: Jeff uploaded a new version of "File:Accessory Cover Plate.JPG"

File:Accessory Cover Plate.JPG

2015-07-20T18:44:30Z

Jeff: Jeff uploaded a new version of "File:Accessory Cover Plate.JPG"

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-07-20T18:20:41Z

Jeff: /* Top Level Camera Assembly */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This proprietary document contains the information necessary to produce an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Wherever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a unique serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. Each serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|'''DSL-218A-670-F2.0''' Lens for '''Road side''' of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector)(Lens '''has Text''' on it)
|-
|'''DSL-180A-NIR-F2.0''' Lens for '''Driver Side''' of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it)(Lens has '''NO Text''' on it)
|-
|X2 LED board assembly
|-
|Flat flex Cable
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|325px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|350px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|325px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|325px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

'''DSL-180A Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings) ---------------------'''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]----------------------------[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|240px]]

'''5.''' Connect the LED Board to the Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

 The LED Board has been modified and the connector is now on the opposite side of the board.

 We will update the picture once we receive the boards

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Initial Programming==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|I/O Test Loopback Board
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Firmware Programming Station====

[[#Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation | X2 Programming Station Setup]]

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_sta1.jpg|400px|]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board into the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the serial programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture. (observe polarity)

'''4.''' Connect the USB Network Adapter to the Idrive X2 Main Board.

'''5.''' Plug in I/O Test board Into Accessory Connectors

::*This adapter board is being built. For now the I/O test is bypassed

 Need a new Picture with I/O board shown

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_front.jpg|340px|]] [[File:idr_x2_pgmr_back.jpg|340px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

====X2 Automatic Install and Configuration====

Notes: The Automatic install performs the following:

::* installs the boot loader into the X2 board. (The Kernel and filesystem are pre-installed on the 4GB SD card)

::* gets device configuration from the Idrive AdminCenter (IP address configuration)

::* Tests triggering on the yellow, blue and green wires

::* provides lens focus mode so both lenses can be focused and glued

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button [[File:ft_factoryauto_button.jpg|250px|]]

 

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label on the device to be programmed and press Enter.

(if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field )

[[File:x2_scan_serial_auto.jpg|250px|]]

 

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open, Click on Start Installation

[[File:x2_auto_pgmr_phase1.jpg|650px|]]

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. Common errors are:

::* Missing or corrupt OS on 4GB SD card

::* Missing or corrupt storage SD card

::* Serial cable not connected

::* USB NIC or Internet connection missing

::* I/O ports tester board missing

::* Any assembly or incorrect component error

If all steps are successfully completed the program will enter into Lens Focus / LED test mode Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2_focusmode_both_sides.jpg|600px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180A) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be 6 meters'''

::*Use zoom mode to ensure accurate focus

[[File:x2_focusmode_outside_no_zoom.jpg|600px|]]

'''3.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''4''' Verify that the 4 IR LEDs are on (faint red glow in 4 places)

[[File:x2_irled_check.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear and the 4 IRLeds are on click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear or any IRLeds are not functioning for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the factory tool will exit focus mode so corrective action can be taken.

'''6.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.'''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture, remove I/O test board

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|X2 Main Board and LED Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]]

 

'''2.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

 

'''3.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_main_driver_case.jpg|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|FCC Compliance Label
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)Place FCC compliance sticker as shown.

[[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2_fcc_compliance_sticker.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|250px|]]

'''3.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly so as to avoid he power connector opening.

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board. Remove the backing tape from the wifi antenna and affix the Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together ensuring no cables interfere with or block the Lens, Power Connector, I/O Connectors, USB opening or case screw

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Install Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors - move to after final test.

[[File:x2accessorycover.jpg|220px|]]

'''4.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw. Do not over torque the screw.

Update Picture with FCC and accessory cover

[[File:Accessory_Cover_Plate.JPG|420px|]]

 

===Windshield Support Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Hex nut for Support Attachment
|-
|}

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Windshield support not attached to the camera until after final test or else the power connector would be inaccessible

::* Snap plastic back plate into support

::* secure with screw

::* Apply 3M tape and trim flush with scalpel

[[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|350px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Secondary Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS, labeling)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the X6 Fixture be used. Because this document is intended to support production the X6 Fixture process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_x6_station.jpg|400px|]]

[[#Appendix C - Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Documentation | Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Setup]]

<br\><br\>

===Stage 2 Initialize X6 Fixture===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|600px|]]

'''1.''' Turn on the power toggle switch of the X6 Fixture

'''2.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''3.''' Press any one of the 6 Ignition push buttons to turn on the test cameras

'''4.''' When the X2 device's LED are Green/Green the camera is ready to test.

<br\>

===Test X2 Internal Accelerometer function===

'''1.'''Gently shake each camera to trigger a shock event

::* Right LED will turn red. Both LEDs green after event finishes recording.

::* Alarm/W-Panic and Door events may be triggered by pressing the corresponding push button. (these events are tested in at the first test station so this is optional)

<br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Press any one of the 6 Ignition push buttons to initiate transfer of events to the test station.

===Verify the Events in Factory Tool===

'''1.''' Factory Tool verify that each camera downloads

[[File:ft_transfer_results.jpg|600px|]]

::- Red text is bad (Camera transfered but no shock event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- Black text is good (Camera is pending the label printing process

::- Green text is good (Passed Accelerometer, GPS and Label application)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Print Serial Number, Barcode, MAC Address Labels===

[[File:x2_label_flow.jpg|700px|]]

If the transfer(s) and tests are successful Labels for the device can be printed. You must print the labels within 240 seconds* or the tests must be rerun.

:: *This timeout length can be changed by Idrive if needed to help with process flow.

[[File:ft_print_240sec.jpg|300px|]] [[File:ft_print_115sec.jpg|250px|]]

Click on "Print(230sec until close)" link to start the print dialog

::* When Print is selected the corresponding Camera will flash its LEDs. This is so you can tell which of the (up to 6 Camera) the label belongs to.

::* You must confirm the label Printed and was attached to the camera before the next Camera can have the label printer.

Click on "Quick Print"

[[File:ft_print_dialog.jpg|400px|]]

Click On Confirm Label printed if successful.

[[File:ft_print_printed.jpg|200px|]][[File:ft_print_printed2.jpg|250px|]]

Tear-off the three labels from the printer. Place one Label on the back of the camera covering the case screw as shown. Advance the remaining two labels to Final Assembly/ Packaging.

<br\><br\>

==Idrive X2 Final Assembly/Packaging (Windshield support attachment, Final Inspection, Packaging)==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Final Processing Materials'''
|-
|Windshield Support Assembly
|-
|Screw for attachment of Support to X2 Camera
|-
|Hex nut for Support Attachment
|-
|}

===Attach Windshield support to camera===

'''1.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

 

===X2 Camera Inspection and Packaging===

No smudges

put in plastic bubble wrap bag & place sticker on the outside with the serial number

Place in box and put serial number sticker on outside of box

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Log in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idriveglobal.com/ http://admincenter.idriveglobal.com]

Click on shipping and then click ADD to start the process

[[File:ft_shipping1.jpg|300px]] [[File:ft_shipping2.jpg|300px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The X2 Micro SD cards need to be be formatted with the EXT4 filesystem and have the system image placed on them. There are several ways to accomplish this

::* SB Shark Duplicator

::* Using a Linux system(a virtual machine is installed on the programming station for this purpose)

::*A windows PC with a third party driver the recognizes the EXT4 filesystem (not recommended)there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''. This often cause system crashes with "the blue screen of death"

::*Purchase SD cards that are preprogrammed (not economical base on the quotes we received)

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of a Linux System for MicroSD copying===

'''Overview''' - Any Linux system can be used for staging the Idrive X2 filesystem on the MicroSD card. The filesystem type on the SDcard needs to be EXT4 format (Linux filesystem). There are open source drivers available that allow windows to recognize the EXT4 file system but they very unstable and cause system crashes. It is therefore recommended that Linux be used for the microSD programming. The programming station has Ubuntu Linux installed on it using VMWare (virtual system).

'''Using VMware for access to Ubuntu Linx'''

Double Click on the VMware Icon on the desktop, Click "Ubuntu-64bit" to launch the virtual machine, login at the prompt with username ('''ubuntu''') and password ('''none''')(the word, not blank)

[[File:vmware_icon.jpg|75px|]] [[File:vmware_player1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:ubuntu_login_screen.jpg|200px|]]

Ensure the removable devices are assigned to the virtual machine and not windows ("check mark" means connected to virtual machine)

Player> Removable Devices> SuperTop Mass Storage> Connect (Disconnect from Host)

::*Number of devices will vary based on hardware and the number of MicroSD cards inserted

::*"SuperTop" is the name of the SD adaptor in use. This will vary depending on the adapter used

::* Host is the windows system

::* once the removable device is attached to the virtual machine it should stay assigned for the entire session

[[File:ubuntu_removable_devices.jpg|450px|]]

[[File:x2_sd_prog_icon.jpg|100px|]]Click on the X2 MicroSD Programming Icon.

[[File:microsd_prog_1.jpg|400px|]] A terminal window will open and the MicraSD card(s) will be formatted and the filesystem written to them. While this is happening you will see "Still Waiting for Cards..."

[[File:x2_microsd_prog_done.jpg|400px|]] Upon successful completion you will see Cards are done! The amount of time for the process will depend on the number of cards being programmed at the same timw. I there is an error ?

[[File:ubuntu_shutdown.jpg|400px|]]

 

===Use of SDShark Duplicator for MicroSD programming===

[[Manufacturing: SDShark use for MicroSD programming | WireShark use for MicroSD programming]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_sta1.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
|Windows 8 Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|Bar Code Scanner
|-
|Lens Focus Charts
|-
|Micro SD card reader
|-
|Idrive X2 Programmer Fixture
|-
|DC 12V/1A '''LINEAR''' power supply
|-
|USB type B cable
|-
|USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
|Cat5 Cable
|-
|Power cable for X2
|-
|X2 Serial Programming cable
|-
|}

<br\>

<br\>

===X2 Programming Computer Setup===

====Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements ====

::*Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)

::*Speaker(s)

::*Windows 8.1 Professional recommended

::*1GB RAM

::*100 GB Hard Disk

::*2 Network Interface adaptors (NICs)

::* Keyboard and Mouse

====Network Configuration====

: Network Connection to the Programming Fixture

::* IP address: 192.168.0.10

::* Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::* Default gateway: Blank

: Network Connection with access to internet

::* DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

====Computer Software Requirements====

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x

* Future Technologies USB Driver for X2 Programming Fixture (http://www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/VCP.htm)

* Firefox Web browser (https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/)

 

===X2 Programming Fixture Setup===

[[File:programmer.png|thumb|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

====Computer Connections====

::* Connect the 12volt Power Supply to the Power Connector

::* Connect the USB cable from Programming computer to USB Type B connector

::* Connect the USB-to-Ethernet Adapter to the Programming Computer with a Cat5 (Network) Cable

 

====Idrive Camera Connections====

::* Connect "Idrive Cable" to the Device to be programmed

::* Connect the "Programming Connector" to the Device to be programmed

::* Connect the USB-to-Ethernet Adapter to the Device to be programmed

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

'''Turn On the Power switch''' and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 <br\><br\>

==Appendix C - Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Documentation ==

===Secondary/Final Test Station Components===

[[File:x2_x6_station.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Components '''
|-
|Windows 8 Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|USB to Ethernet adapter (Second NIC on Computer)
|-
|Bar Code Scanner
|-
|Idrive X6 Test Fixture
|-
|DC 12V/6A power supply
|-
|6 Power cables for X2
|-
|Zebra barcode printer
|-
|USB type B cable (for Printer)
|-
|802.11g Wifi access point
|-
|Cat5 Cable, POE, Shielded FTP Cable
|}

<br\>

<br\>

===X2 Secondary/Final Test Computer Setup===

====Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements ====

::*Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)

::*Speaker(s)

::*Windows 8.1 Professional recommended

::*1GB RAM

::*100 GB Hard Disk

::*2 Network Interface adaptors (NICs)

::* Keyboard and Mouse

====Network Configuration====

: Network Connection to the Programming Fixture

::* IP address: 192.168.0.10

::* Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::* Default gateway: Blank

: Network Connection with access to internet

::* DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

====Computer Software Requirements====

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x

* Firefox Web browser (https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/)

 

===X6 Secondary/Final Test Fixture Setup===

====Computer Connections====

::* No Direct connection from the X6 Fixture and the PC

::* Idrive 802.11g Access point

::* Internet connection

 

====Idrive Camera Connections====

::* Connect "Idrive Power Cable Cable" to the Cameras to be Configured/Tested

<br\><br\>

'''Turn On the Power switch''' and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Idrive X2 Factory Tool Documentation ==

=== Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x Application===

[[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]] Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application

[[File: ft_main_menu.jpg|500px|]]

 

==== Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Click on Settings [[File:ft_settings_button.jpg|250px|]]

 

[[File:ft_barcode_settings.jpg|350px|]]

Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

 

[[File:ft_config_settings.jpg|750px|]]

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

 

[[File:ft_event_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_driverid_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_gsm_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_factoryid_settings.jpg|650px|]]

 

[[File:ft_admincenter_settings.jpg|725px|]]

 

[[File:ft_passwords_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

==Appendix E - Idrive X2 Labels Documentation ==

Information about labels and sources for Idrive X2 Production

===Label for X2 Main serial number/bar code label ===

1 ea Brady THT-103-727-10 - Placed on X1 Main Board at build time

 Requires Ribbon R6000

1"X.25", White, Thermal, '''High Temp Polyimide''', 3 per row, 3" core, 10k per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/bradyid/pdpv/THT-103-727-10.html

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_148.pdf

::* Serial number Example: 025821100001

::* Bar Code of serial number (Code 128)

 

===Label for X2 External serial number/bar code/MAC address ===

3 ea THT-3-423-10 - for X2 Case, Plastic bag, Box exterior

1"X.37", White, Thermal, B423 Polyester, 3 per row, 3" roll core, 10K per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/bradyid/pdpv/THT-3-423-10.html

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_122.pdf

Order from: https://www.biscoind.com/store?goto=1#view1 (search for THT-3-423-10)

'''Requires Ribbon #R6007''' http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_184.pdf

[[File:ft_external_lable.jpg|400px|]]

::* Serial number Example: 025821100001

::* Bar Code of serial number

::* MAC Address of Wifi Module

 

===Label for X2 FCC/CE compliance ===

[[File:ft_x2_compliance_label.jpg|350px|]]

::* FCC logo CE Logo

::* Idrive Inc.

::* Idrive X2

 

===Label for X2 GSM module serial number/bar code/MAC address ===

2 ea THT-xxx0 - for GSM Module Case, Plastic bag

1.5"X.25", White, Thermal, B423 Polyester, 2 per row, 3" roll core, 10K per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/tbd

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/tbd

Order from: https://www.biscoind.com/store?goto=1#view1 (search for tbd)

[[File:ft_gsm_lable.jpg|350px|]]

::* IMEI number Example: IMEI: 861075020842522

::* Bar Code of IMEI (or is it the SIM?)

::* ICCID (SIM serial number?) Example:8940011410302975328F

'''Where does the label go? Windshield side next to red tape?'''

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-07-20T18:18:45Z

Jeff: /* Top Level Camera Assembly */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This proprietary document contains the information necessary to produce an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Wherever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a unique serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. Each serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|'''DSL-218A-670-F2.0''' Lens for '''Road side''' of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector)(Lens '''has Text''' on it)
|-
|'''DSL-180A-NIR-F2.0''' Lens for '''Driver Side''' of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it)(Lens has '''NO Text''' on it)
|-
|X2 LED board assembly
|-
|Flat flex Cable
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|325px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|350px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|325px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|325px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

'''DSL-180A Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings) ---------------------'''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]----------------------------[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|240px]]

'''5.''' Connect the LED Board to the Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

 The LED Board has been modified and the connector is now on the opposite side of the board.

 We will update the picture once we receive the boards

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Initial Programming==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|I/O Test Loopback Board
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Firmware Programming Station====

[[#Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation | X2 Programming Station Setup]]

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_sta1.jpg|400px|]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board into the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the serial programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture. (observe polarity)

'''4.''' Connect the USB Network Adapter to the Idrive X2 Main Board.

'''5.''' Plug in I/O Test board Into Accessory Connectors

::*This adapter board is being built. For now the I/O test is bypassed

 Need a new Picture with I/O board shown

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_front.jpg|340px|]] [[File:idr_x2_pgmr_back.jpg|340px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

====X2 Automatic Install and Configuration====

Notes: The Automatic install performs the following:

::* installs the boot loader into the X2 board. (The Kernel and filesystem are pre-installed on the 4GB SD card)

::* gets device configuration from the Idrive AdminCenter (IP address configuration)

::* Tests triggering on the yellow, blue and green wires

::* provides lens focus mode so both lenses can be focused and glued

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button [[File:ft_factoryauto_button.jpg|250px|]]

 

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label on the device to be programmed and press Enter.

(if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field )

[[File:x2_scan_serial_auto.jpg|250px|]]

 

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open, Click on Start Installation

[[File:x2_auto_pgmr_phase1.jpg|650px|]]

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. Common errors are:

::* Missing or corrupt OS on 4GB SD card

::* Missing or corrupt storage SD card

::* Serial cable not connected

::* USB NIC or Internet connection missing

::* I/O ports tester board missing

::* Any assembly or incorrect component error

If all steps are successfully completed the program will enter into Lens Focus / LED test mode Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2_focusmode_both_sides.jpg|600px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180A) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be 6 meters'''

::*Use zoom mode to ensure accurate focus

[[File:x2_focusmode_outside_no_zoom.jpg|600px|]]

'''3.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''4''' Verify that the 4 IR LEDs are on (faint red glow in 4 places)

[[File:x2_irled_check.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear and the 4 IRLeds are on click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear or any IRLeds are not functioning for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the factory tool will exit focus mode so corrective action can be taken.

'''6.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.'''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture, remove I/O test board

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|X2 Main Board and LED Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]]

 

'''2.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

 

'''3.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_main_driver_case.jpg|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|FCC Compliance Label
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)Place FCC compliance sticker as shown.

[[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2_fcc_compliance_sticker.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|250px|]]

'''3.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly so as to avoid he power connector opening.

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board. Remove the backing tape from the wifi antenna and affix the Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|420px|]]

'''2.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together ensuring no cables interfere with or block the Lens, Power Connector, I/O Connectors, USB opening or case screw

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Install Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors - move to after final test.

[[File:x2accessorycover.jpg|220px|]]

'''4.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw. Do not over torque the screw.

Update Picture with FCC and accessory cover

[[File:Accessory_Cover_Plate.JPG|320px|]]

 

===Windshield Support Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Hex nut for Support Attachment
|-
|}

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Windshield support not attached to the camera until after final test or else the power connector would be inaccessible

::* Snap plastic back plate into support

::* secure with screw

::* Apply 3M tape and trim flush with scalpel

[[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|350px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Secondary Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS, labeling)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the X6 Fixture be used. Because this document is intended to support production the X6 Fixture process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_x6_station.jpg|400px|]]

[[#Appendix C - Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Documentation | Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Setup]]

<br\><br\>

===Stage 2 Initialize X6 Fixture===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|600px|]]

'''1.''' Turn on the power toggle switch of the X6 Fixture

'''2.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''3.''' Press any one of the 6 Ignition push buttons to turn on the test cameras

'''4.''' When the X2 device's LED are Green/Green the camera is ready to test.

<br\>

===Test X2 Internal Accelerometer function===

'''1.'''Gently shake each camera to trigger a shock event

::* Right LED will turn red. Both LEDs green after event finishes recording.

::* Alarm/W-Panic and Door events may be triggered by pressing the corresponding push button. (these events are tested in at the first test station so this is optional)

<br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Press any one of the 6 Ignition push buttons to initiate transfer of events to the test station.

===Verify the Events in Factory Tool===

'''1.''' Factory Tool verify that each camera downloads

[[File:ft_transfer_results.jpg|600px|]]

::- Red text is bad (Camera transfered but no shock event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- Black text is good (Camera is pending the label printing process

::- Green text is good (Passed Accelerometer, GPS and Label application)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Print Serial Number, Barcode, MAC Address Labels===

[[File:x2_label_flow.jpg|700px|]]

If the transfer(s) and tests are successful Labels for the device can be printed. You must print the labels within 240 seconds* or the tests must be rerun.

:: *This timeout length can be changed by Idrive if needed to help with process flow.

[[File:ft_print_240sec.jpg|300px|]] [[File:ft_print_115sec.jpg|250px|]]

Click on "Print(230sec until close)" link to start the print dialog

::* When Print is selected the corresponding Camera will flash its LEDs. This is so you can tell which of the (up to 6 Camera) the label belongs to.

::* You must confirm the label Printed and was attached to the camera before the next Camera can have the label printer.

Click on "Quick Print"

[[File:ft_print_dialog.jpg|400px|]]

Click On Confirm Label printed if successful.

[[File:ft_print_printed.jpg|200px|]][[File:ft_print_printed2.jpg|250px|]]

1: Tear-off the three labels from the printer.

Affix one Label on the back of the X2 Camera

Place one Label on the back of the camera covering the case screw

<br\><br\>

==Idrive X2 Final Assembly/Packaging (Windshield support attachment, Final Inspection, Packaging)==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Final Processing Materials'''
|-
|Windshield Support Assembly
|-
|Screw for attachment of Support to X2 Camera
|-
|Hex nut for Support Attachment
|-
|}

===Attach Windshield support to camera===

'''1.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

 

===X2 Camera Inspection and Packaging===

No smudges

put in plastic bubble wrap bag & place sticker on the outside with the serial number

Place in box and put serial number sticker on outside of box

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Log in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idriveglobal.com/ http://admincenter.idriveglobal.com]

Click on shipping and then click ADD to start the process

[[File:ft_shipping1.jpg|300px]] [[File:ft_shipping2.jpg|300px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The X2 Micro SD cards need to be be formatted with the EXT4 filesystem and have the system image placed on them. There are several ways to accomplish this

::* SB Shark Duplicator

::* Using a Linux system(a virtual machine is installed on the programming station for this purpose)

::*A windows PC with a third party driver the recognizes the EXT4 filesystem (not recommended)there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''. This often cause system crashes with "the blue screen of death"

::*Purchase SD cards that are preprogrammed (not economical base on the quotes we received)

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of a Linux System for MicroSD copying===

'''Overview''' - Any Linux system can be used for staging the Idrive X2 filesystem on the MicroSD card. The filesystem type on the SDcard needs to be EXT4 format (Linux filesystem). There are open source drivers available that allow windows to recognize the EXT4 file system but they very unstable and cause system crashes. It is therefore recommended that Linux be used for the microSD programming. The programming station has Ubuntu Linux installed on it using VMWare (virtual system).

'''Using VMware for access to Ubuntu Linx'''

Double Click on the VMware Icon on the desktop, Click "Ubuntu-64bit" to launch the virtual machine, login at the prompt with username ('''ubuntu''') and password ('''none''')(the word, not blank)

[[File:vmware_icon.jpg|75px|]] [[File:vmware_player1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:ubuntu_login_screen.jpg|200px|]]

Ensure the removable devices are assigned to the virtual machine and not windows ("check mark" means connected to virtual machine)

Player> Removable Devices> SuperTop Mass Storage> Connect (Disconnect from Host)

::*Number of devices will vary based on hardware and the number of MicroSD cards inserted

::*"SuperTop" is the name of the SD adaptor in use. This will vary depending on the adapter used

::* Host is the windows system

::* once the removable device is attached to the virtual machine it should stay assigned for the entire session

[[File:ubuntu_removable_devices.jpg|450px|]]

[[File:x2_sd_prog_icon.jpg|100px|]]Click on the X2 MicroSD Programming Icon.

[[File:microsd_prog_1.jpg|400px|]] A terminal window will open and the MicraSD card(s) will be formatted and the filesystem written to them. While this is happening you will see "Still Waiting for Cards..."

[[File:x2_microsd_prog_done.jpg|400px|]] Upon successful completion you will see Cards are done! The amount of time for the process will depend on the number of cards being programmed at the same timw. I there is an error ?

[[File:ubuntu_shutdown.jpg|400px|]]

 

===Use of SDShark Duplicator for MicroSD programming===

[[Manufacturing: SDShark use for MicroSD programming | WireShark use for MicroSD programming]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_sta1.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
|Windows 8 Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|Bar Code Scanner
|-
|Lens Focus Charts
|-
|Micro SD card reader
|-
|Idrive X2 Programmer Fixture
|-
|DC 12V/1A '''LINEAR''' power supply
|-
|USB type B cable
|-
|USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
|Cat5 Cable
|-
|Power cable for X2
|-
|X2 Serial Programming cable
|-
|}

<br\>

<br\>

===X2 Programming Computer Setup===

====Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements ====

::*Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)

::*Speaker(s)

::*Windows 8.1 Professional recommended

::*1GB RAM

::*100 GB Hard Disk

::*2 Network Interface adaptors (NICs)

::* Keyboard and Mouse

====Network Configuration====

: Network Connection to the Programming Fixture

::* IP address: 192.168.0.10

::* Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::* Default gateway: Blank

: Network Connection with access to internet

::* DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

====Computer Software Requirements====

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x

* Future Technologies USB Driver for X2 Programming Fixture (http://www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/VCP.htm)

* Firefox Web browser (https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/)

 

===X2 Programming Fixture Setup===

[[File:programmer.png|thumb|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

====Computer Connections====

::* Connect the 12volt Power Supply to the Power Connector

::* Connect the USB cable from Programming computer to USB Type B connector

::* Connect the USB-to-Ethernet Adapter to the Programming Computer with a Cat5 (Network) Cable

 

====Idrive Camera Connections====

::* Connect "Idrive Cable" to the Device to be programmed

::* Connect the "Programming Connector" to the Device to be programmed

::* Connect the USB-to-Ethernet Adapter to the Device to be programmed

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

'''Turn On the Power switch''' and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 <br\><br\>

==Appendix C - Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Documentation ==

===Secondary/Final Test Station Components===

[[File:x2_x6_station.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Components '''
|-
|Windows 8 Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|USB to Ethernet adapter (Second NIC on Computer)
|-
|Bar Code Scanner
|-
|Idrive X6 Test Fixture
|-
|DC 12V/6A power supply
|-
|6 Power cables for X2
|-
|Zebra barcode printer
|-
|USB type B cable (for Printer)
|-
|802.11g Wifi access point
|-
|Cat5 Cable, POE, Shielded FTP Cable
|}

<br\>

<br\>

===X2 Secondary/Final Test Computer Setup===

====Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements ====

::*Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)

::*Speaker(s)

::*Windows 8.1 Professional recommended

::*1GB RAM

::*100 GB Hard Disk

::*2 Network Interface adaptors (NICs)

::* Keyboard and Mouse

====Network Configuration====

: Network Connection to the Programming Fixture

::* IP address: 192.168.0.10

::* Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::* Default gateway: Blank

: Network Connection with access to internet

::* DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

====Computer Software Requirements====

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x

* Firefox Web browser (https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/)

 

===X6 Secondary/Final Test Fixture Setup===

====Computer Connections====

::* No Direct connection from the X6 Fixture and the PC

::* Idrive 802.11g Access point

::* Internet connection

 

====Idrive Camera Connections====

::* Connect "Idrive Power Cable Cable" to the Cameras to be Configured/Tested

<br\><br\>

'''Turn On the Power switch''' and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Idrive X2 Factory Tool Documentation ==

=== Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x Application===

[[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]] Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application

[[File: ft_main_menu.jpg|500px|]]

 

==== Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Click on Settings [[File:ft_settings_button.jpg|250px|]]

 

[[File:ft_barcode_settings.jpg|350px|]]

Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

 

[[File:ft_config_settings.jpg|750px|]]

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

 

[[File:ft_event_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_driverid_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_gsm_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_factoryid_settings.jpg|650px|]]

 

[[File:ft_admincenter_settings.jpg|725px|]]

 

[[File:ft_passwords_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

==Appendix E - Idrive X2 Labels Documentation ==

Information about labels and sources for Idrive X2 Production

===Label for X2 Main serial number/bar code label ===

1 ea Brady THT-103-727-10 - Placed on X1 Main Board at build time

 Requires Ribbon R6000

1"X.25", White, Thermal, '''High Temp Polyimide''', 3 per row, 3" core, 10k per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/bradyid/pdpv/THT-103-727-10.html

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_148.pdf

::* Serial number Example: 025821100001

::* Bar Code of serial number (Code 128)

 

===Label for X2 External serial number/bar code/MAC address ===

3 ea THT-3-423-10 - for X2 Case, Plastic bag, Box exterior

1"X.37", White, Thermal, B423 Polyester, 3 per row, 3" roll core, 10K per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/bradyid/pdpv/THT-3-423-10.html

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_122.pdf

Order from: https://www.biscoind.com/store?goto=1#view1 (search for THT-3-423-10)

'''Requires Ribbon #R6007''' http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_184.pdf

[[File:ft_external_lable.jpg|400px|]]

::* Serial number Example: 025821100001

::* Bar Code of serial number

::* MAC Address of Wifi Module

 

===Label for X2 FCC/CE compliance ===

[[File:ft_x2_compliance_label.jpg|350px|]]

::* FCC logo CE Logo

::* Idrive Inc.

::* Idrive X2

 

===Label for X2 GSM module serial number/bar code/MAC address ===

2 ea THT-xxx0 - for GSM Module Case, Plastic bag

1.5"X.25", White, Thermal, B423 Polyester, 2 per row, 3" roll core, 10K per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/tbd

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/tbd

Order from: https://www.biscoind.com/store?goto=1#view1 (search for tbd)

[[File:ft_gsm_lable.jpg|350px|]]

::* IMEI number Example: IMEI: 861075020842522

::* Bar Code of IMEI (or is it the SIM?)

::* ICCID (SIM serial number?) Example:8940011410302975328F

'''Where does the label go? Windshield side next to red tape?'''

File:Accessory Cover Plate.JPG

2015-07-20T18:17:53Z

Jeff:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-07-20T18:17:36Z

Jeff: /* Top Level Camera Assembly */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This proprietary document contains the information necessary to produce an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Wherever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a unique serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. Each serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|'''DSL-218A-670-F2.0''' Lens for '''Road side''' of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector)(Lens '''has Text''' on it)
|-
|'''DSL-180A-NIR-F2.0''' Lens for '''Driver Side''' of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it)(Lens has '''NO Text''' on it)
|-
|X2 LED board assembly
|-
|Flat flex Cable
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|325px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|350px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|325px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|325px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

'''DSL-180A Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings) ---------------------'''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]----------------------------[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|240px]]

'''5.''' Connect the LED Board to the Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

 The LED Board has been modified and the connector is now on the opposite side of the board.

 We will update the picture once we receive the boards

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Initial Programming==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|I/O Test Loopback Board
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Firmware Programming Station====

[[#Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation | X2 Programming Station Setup]]

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_sta1.jpg|400px|]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board into the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the serial programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture. (observe polarity)

'''4.''' Connect the USB Network Adapter to the Idrive X2 Main Board.

'''5.''' Plug in I/O Test board Into Accessory Connectors

::*This adapter board is being built. For now the I/O test is bypassed

 Need a new Picture with I/O board shown

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_front.jpg|340px|]] [[File:idr_x2_pgmr_back.jpg|340px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

====X2 Automatic Install and Configuration====

Notes: The Automatic install performs the following:

::* installs the boot loader into the X2 board. (The Kernel and filesystem are pre-installed on the 4GB SD card)

::* gets device configuration from the Idrive AdminCenter (IP address configuration)

::* Tests triggering on the yellow, blue and green wires

::* provides lens focus mode so both lenses can be focused and glued

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button [[File:ft_factoryauto_button.jpg|250px|]]

 

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label on the device to be programmed and press Enter.

(if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field )

[[File:x2_scan_serial_auto.jpg|250px|]]

 

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open, Click on Start Installation

[[File:x2_auto_pgmr_phase1.jpg|650px|]]

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. Common errors are:

::* Missing or corrupt OS on 4GB SD card

::* Missing or corrupt storage SD card

::* Serial cable not connected

::* USB NIC or Internet connection missing

::* I/O ports tester board missing

::* Any assembly or incorrect component error

If all steps are successfully completed the program will enter into Lens Focus / LED test mode Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2_focusmode_both_sides.jpg|600px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180A) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be 6 meters'''

::*Use zoom mode to ensure accurate focus

[[File:x2_focusmode_outside_no_zoom.jpg|600px|]]

'''3.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''4''' Verify that the 4 IR LEDs are on (faint red glow in 4 places)

[[File:x2_irled_check.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear and the 4 IRLeds are on click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear or any IRLeds are not functioning for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the factory tool will exit focus mode so corrective action can be taken.

'''6.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.'''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture, remove I/O test board

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|X2 Main Board and LED Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]]

 

'''2.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

 

'''3.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_main_driver_case.jpg|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|FCC Compliance Label
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)Place FCC compliance sticker as shown.

[[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2_fcc_compliance_sticker.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|250px|]]

'''3.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly so as to avoid he power connector opening.

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board. Remove the backing tape from the wifi antenna and affix the Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together ensuring no cables interfere with or block the Lens, Power Connector, I/O Connectors, USB opening or case screw

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Install Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors - move to after final test.

[[File:x2accessorycover.jpg|220px|]]

'''4.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw. Do not over torque the screw.

Update Picture with FCC and accessory cover

[[File:Accessory_Cover_Plate.JPG|320px|]]

 

===Windshield Support Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Hex nut for Support Attachment
|-
|}

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Windshield support not attached to the camera until after final test or else the power connector would be inaccessible

::* Snap plastic back plate into support

::* secure with screw

::* Apply 3M tape and trim flush with scalpel

[[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|350px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Secondary Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS, labeling)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the X6 Fixture be used. Because this document is intended to support production the X6 Fixture process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_x6_station.jpg|400px|]]

[[#Appendix C - Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Documentation | Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Setup]]

<br\><br\>

===Stage 2 Initialize X6 Fixture===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|600px|]]

'''1.''' Turn on the power toggle switch of the X6 Fixture

'''2.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''3.''' Press any one of the 6 Ignition push buttons to turn on the test cameras

'''4.''' When the X2 device's LED are Green/Green the camera is ready to test.

<br\>

===Test X2 Internal Accelerometer function===

'''1.'''Gently shake each camera to trigger a shock event

::* Right LED will turn red. Both LEDs green after event finishes recording.

::* Alarm/W-Panic and Door events may be triggered by pressing the corresponding push button. (these events are tested in at the first test station so this is optional)

<br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Press any one of the 6 Ignition push buttons to initiate transfer of events to the test station.

===Verify the Events in Factory Tool===

'''1.''' Factory Tool verify that each camera downloads

[[File:ft_transfer_results.jpg|600px|]]

::- Red text is bad (Camera transfered but no shock event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- Black text is good (Camera is pending the label printing process

::- Green text is good (Passed Accelerometer, GPS and Label application)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Print Serial Number, Barcode, MAC Address Labels===

[[File:x2_label_flow.jpg|700px|]]

If the transfer(s) and tests are successful Labels for the device can be printed. You must print the labels within 240 seconds* or the tests must be rerun.

:: *This timeout length can be changed by Idrive if needed to help with process flow.

[[File:ft_print_240sec.jpg|300px|]] [[File:ft_print_115sec.jpg|250px|]]

Click on "Print(230sec until close)" link to start the print dialog

::* When Print is selected the corresponding Camera will flash its LEDs. This is so you can tell which of the (up to 6 Camera) the label belongs to.

::* You must confirm the label Printed and was attached to the camera before the next Camera can have the label printer.

Click on "Quick Print"

[[File:ft_print_dialog.jpg|400px|]]

Click On Confirm Label printed if successful.

[[File:ft_print_printed.jpg|200px|]][[File:ft_print_printed2.jpg|250px|]]

1: Tear-off the three labels from the printer.

Affix one Label on the back of the X2 Camera

Place one Label on the back of the camera covering the case screw

<br\><br\>

===Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera===

'''from Radu, Turn into process doc:
https://s3.amazonaws.com/tmp_idrive/factory_print_label_flow.mp4

::*event(s) download via wifi to Factory tool

::*review events

::* if passed click on print label for that device

:::- label with serial number, serial number bar code, wifi MAC address will print

:::-the physical camera will flash for 400 seconds(default)

:::- affix label over the case screw

:::- click ? to label the next camera on the x6 test set

The default settings of the "Test Printer" window are matching with the physical labels that I used (width: ~25 millimeters, height: ~15 millimeters).
For a proper print, I had to change also the Top Adjustment to 2 mm from the Printer Properties and use the "Termal Direct" option (without ribbon).
As you can imagine, I cannot guarantee that these settings will match with the EMLinQ printers...
However combining the FT settings with the Printer Settings you can find the optimal configuration for any printer and label.
These FT settings are visible only in Dev mode (let me know if you need them available for everyone).

Printing labels is available on the Transfer Window. (firmware 21.6 or higher).
After finishing the transfer, the FT will keep a 21.6 device alive (400 seconds - configurable from Dev Settings)
An old device will be disconnected and the Print column will show a "N/A" text...

When you click on the Print link, the selected camera will start flashing (behind is a Wi-Fi command sent to the device and does NOT involve the X6).
When the print window is closed, the FT will close the connection with the camera. You can click again on the link, but in this case you have to mannualy identify the camera (because the connection is closed).

I have not finished the FT yet, however I can provide you a temporary FT installer in a few days (and a 21.6 fw).
'''

'''11.''' Print label containing the serial number, Bar code and MAC address and affix to the camera as shown:

[[File:x2seriallabelext.jpg|400px|]]

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

==Idrive X2 Final Assembly/Packaging (Windshield support attachment, Final Inspection, Packaging)==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Final Processing Materials'''
|-
|Windshield Support Assembly
|-
|Screw for attachment of Support to X2 Camera
|-
|Hex nut for Support Attachment
|-
|}

===Attach Windshield support to camera===

'''1.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

 

===X2 Camera Inspection and Packaging===

No smudges

put in plastic bubble wrap bag & place sticker on the outside with the serial number

Place in box and put serial number sticker on outside of box

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Log in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idriveglobal.com/ http://admincenter.idriveglobal.com]

Click on shipping and then click ADD to start the process

[[File:ft_shipping1.jpg|300px]] [[File:ft_shipping2.jpg|300px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The X2 Micro SD cards need to be be formatted with the EXT4 filesystem and have the system image placed on them. There are several ways to accomplish this

::* SB Shark Duplicator

::* Using a Linux system(a virtual machine is installed on the programming station for this purpose)

::*A windows PC with a third party driver the recognizes the EXT4 filesystem (not recommended)there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''. This often cause system crashes with "the blue screen of death"

::*Purchase SD cards that are preprogrammed (not economical base on the quotes we received)

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of a Linux System for MicroSD copying===

'''Overview''' - Any Linux system can be used for staging the Idrive X2 filesystem on the MicroSD card. The filesystem type on the SDcard needs to be EXT4 format (Linux filesystem). There are open source drivers available that allow windows to recognize the EXT4 file system but they very unstable and cause system crashes. It is therefore recommended that Linux be used for the microSD programming. The programming station has Ubuntu Linux installed on it using VMWare (virtual system).

'''Using VMware for access to Ubuntu Linx'''

Double Click on the VMware Icon on the desktop, Click "Ubuntu-64bit" to launch the virtual machine, login at the prompt with username ('''ubuntu''') and password ('''none''')(the word, not blank)

[[File:vmware_icon.jpg|75px|]] [[File:vmware_player1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:ubuntu_login_screen.jpg|200px|]]

Ensure the removable devices are assigned to the virtual machine and not windows ("check mark" means connected to virtual machine)

Player> Removable Devices> SuperTop Mass Storage> Connect (Disconnect from Host)

::*Number of devices will vary based on hardware and the number of MicroSD cards inserted

::*"SuperTop" is the name of the SD adaptor in use. This will vary depending on the adapter used

::* Host is the windows system

::* once the removable device is attached to the virtual machine it should stay assigned for the entire session

[[File:ubuntu_removable_devices.jpg|450px|]]

[[File:x2_sd_prog_icon.jpg|100px|]]Click on the X2 MicroSD Programming Icon.

[[File:microsd_prog_1.jpg|400px|]] A terminal window will open and the MicraSD card(s) will be formatted and the filesystem written to them. While this is happening you will see "Still Waiting for Cards..."

[[File:x2_microsd_prog_done.jpg|400px|]] Upon successful completion you will see Cards are done! The amount of time for the process will depend on the number of cards being programmed at the same timw. I there is an error ?

[[File:ubuntu_shutdown.jpg|400px|]]

 

===Use of SDShark Duplicator for MicroSD programming===

[[Manufacturing: SDShark use for MicroSD programming | WireShark use for MicroSD programming]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_sta1.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
|Windows 8 Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|Bar Code Scanner
|-
|Lens Focus Charts
|-
|Micro SD card reader
|-
|Idrive X2 Programmer Fixture
|-
|DC 12V/1A '''LINEAR''' power supply
|-
|USB type B cable
|-
|USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
|Cat5 Cable
|-
|Power cable for X2
|-
|X2 Serial Programming cable
|-
|}

<br\>

<br\>

===X2 Programming Computer Setup===

====Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements ====

::*Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)

::*Speaker(s)

::*Windows 8.1 Professional recommended

::*1GB RAM

::*100 GB Hard Disk

::*2 Network Interface adaptors (NICs)

::* Keyboard and Mouse

====Network Configuration====

: Network Connection to the Programming Fixture

::* IP address: 192.168.0.10

::* Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::* Default gateway: Blank

: Network Connection with access to internet

::* DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

====Computer Software Requirements====

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x

* Future Technologies USB Driver for X2 Programming Fixture (http://www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/VCP.htm)

* Firefox Web browser (https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/)

 

===X2 Programming Fixture Setup===

[[File:programmer.png|thumb|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

====Computer Connections====

::* Connect the 12volt Power Supply to the Power Connector

::* Connect the USB cable from Programming computer to USB Type B connector

::* Connect the USB-to-Ethernet Adapter to the Programming Computer with a Cat5 (Network) Cable

 

====Idrive Camera Connections====

::* Connect "Idrive Cable" to the Device to be programmed

::* Connect the "Programming Connector" to the Device to be programmed

::* Connect the USB-to-Ethernet Adapter to the Device to be programmed

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

'''Turn On the Power switch''' and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 <br\><br\>

==Appendix C - Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Documentation ==

===Secondary/Final Test Station Components===

[[File:x2_x6_station.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Components '''
|-
|Windows 8 Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|USB to Ethernet adapter (Second NIC on Computer)
|-
|Bar Code Scanner
|-
|Idrive X6 Test Fixture
|-
|DC 12V/6A power supply
|-
|6 Power cables for X2
|-
|Zebra barcode printer
|-
|USB type B cable (for Printer)
|-
|802.11g Wifi access point
|-
|Cat5 Cable, POE, Shielded FTP Cable
|}

<br\>

<br\>

===X2 Secondary/Final Test Computer Setup===

====Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements ====

::*Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)

::*Speaker(s)

::*Windows 8.1 Professional recommended

::*1GB RAM

::*100 GB Hard Disk

::*2 Network Interface adaptors (NICs)

::* Keyboard and Mouse

====Network Configuration====

: Network Connection to the Programming Fixture

::* IP address: 192.168.0.10

::* Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::* Default gateway: Blank

: Network Connection with access to internet

::* DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

====Computer Software Requirements====

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x

* Firefox Web browser (https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/)

 

===X6 Secondary/Final Test Fixture Setup===

====Computer Connections====

::* No Direct connection from the X6 Fixture and the PC

::* Idrive 802.11g Access point

::* Internet connection

 

====Idrive Camera Connections====

::* Connect "Idrive Power Cable Cable" to the Cameras to be Configured/Tested

<br\><br\>

'''Turn On the Power switch''' and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Idrive X2 Factory Tool Documentation ==

=== Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x Application===

[[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]] Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application

[[File: ft_main_menu.jpg|500px|]]

 

==== Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Click on Settings [[File:ft_settings_button.jpg|250px|]]

 

[[File:ft_barcode_settings.jpg|350px|]]

Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

 

[[File:ft_config_settings.jpg|750px|]]

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

 

[[File:ft_event_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_driverid_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_gsm_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_factoryid_settings.jpg|650px|]]

 

[[File:ft_admincenter_settings.jpg|725px|]]

 

[[File:ft_passwords_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

==Appendix E - Idrive X2 Labels Documentation ==

Information about labels and sources for Idrive X2 Production

===Label for X2 Main serial number/bar code label ===

1 ea Brady THT-103-727-10 - Placed on X1 Main Board at build time

 Requires Ribbon R6000

1"X.25", White, Thermal, '''High Temp Polyimide''', 3 per row, 3" core, 10k per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/bradyid/pdpv/THT-103-727-10.html

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_148.pdf

::* Serial number Example: 025821100001

::* Bar Code of serial number (Code 128)

 

===Label for X2 External serial number/bar code/MAC address ===

3 ea THT-3-423-10 - for X2 Case, Plastic bag, Box exterior

1"X.37", White, Thermal, B423 Polyester, 3 per row, 3" roll core, 10K per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/bradyid/pdpv/THT-3-423-10.html

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_122.pdf

Order from: https://www.biscoind.com/store?goto=1#view1 (search for THT-3-423-10)

'''Requires Ribbon #R6007''' http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_184.pdf

[[File:ft_external_lable.jpg|400px|]]

::* Serial number Example: 025821100001

::* Bar Code of serial number

::* MAC Address of Wifi Module

 

===Label for X2 FCC/CE compliance ===

[[File:ft_x2_compliance_label.jpg|350px|]]

::* FCC logo CE Logo

::* Idrive Inc.

::* Idrive X2

 

===Label for X2 GSM module serial number/bar code/MAC address ===

2 ea THT-xxx0 - for GSM Module Case, Plastic bag

1.5"X.25", White, Thermal, B423 Polyester, 2 per row, 3" roll core, 10K per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/tbd

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/tbd

Order from: https://www.biscoind.com/store?goto=1#view1 (search for tbd)

[[File:ft_gsm_lable.jpg|350px|]]

::* IMEI number Example: IMEI: 861075020842522

::* Bar Code of IMEI (or is it the SIM?)

::* ICCID (SIM serial number?) Example:8940011410302975328F

'''Where does the label go? Windshield side next to red tape?'''

File:X2casescrew1.jpg

2015-07-20T18:14:27Z

Jeff: Jeff uploaded a new version of "File:X2casescrew1.jpg"

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-07-20T18:13:02Z

Jeff: /* Top Level Camera Assembly */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This proprietary document contains the information necessary to produce an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Wherever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a unique serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. Each serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|'''DSL-218A-670-F2.0''' Lens for '''Road side''' of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector)(Lens '''has Text''' on it)
|-
|'''DSL-180A-NIR-F2.0''' Lens for '''Driver Side''' of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it)(Lens has '''NO Text''' on it)
|-
|X2 LED board assembly
|-
|Flat flex Cable
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|325px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|350px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|325px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|325px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

'''DSL-180A Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings) ---------------------'''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]----------------------------[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|240px]]

'''5.''' Connect the LED Board to the Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

 The LED Board has been modified and the connector is now on the opposite side of the board.

 We will update the picture once we receive the boards

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Initial Programming==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|I/O Test Loopback Board
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Firmware Programming Station====

[[#Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation | X2 Programming Station Setup]]

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_sta1.jpg|400px|]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board into the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the serial programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture. (observe polarity)

'''4.''' Connect the USB Network Adapter to the Idrive X2 Main Board.

'''5.''' Plug in I/O Test board Into Accessory Connectors

::*This adapter board is being built. For now the I/O test is bypassed

 Need a new Picture with I/O board shown

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_front.jpg|340px|]] [[File:idr_x2_pgmr_back.jpg|340px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

====X2 Automatic Install and Configuration====

Notes: The Automatic install performs the following:

::* installs the boot loader into the X2 board. (The Kernel and filesystem are pre-installed on the 4GB SD card)

::* gets device configuration from the Idrive AdminCenter (IP address configuration)

::* Tests triggering on the yellow, blue and green wires

::* provides lens focus mode so both lenses can be focused and glued

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button [[File:ft_factoryauto_button.jpg|250px|]]

 

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label on the device to be programmed and press Enter.

(if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field )

[[File:x2_scan_serial_auto.jpg|250px|]]

 

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open, Click on Start Installation

[[File:x2_auto_pgmr_phase1.jpg|650px|]]

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. Common errors are:

::* Missing or corrupt OS on 4GB SD card

::* Missing or corrupt storage SD card

::* Serial cable not connected

::* USB NIC or Internet connection missing

::* I/O ports tester board missing

::* Any assembly or incorrect component error

If all steps are successfully completed the program will enter into Lens Focus / LED test mode Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2_focusmode_both_sides.jpg|600px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180A) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be 6 meters'''

::*Use zoom mode to ensure accurate focus

[[File:x2_focusmode_outside_no_zoom.jpg|600px|]]

'''3.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''4''' Verify that the 4 IR LEDs are on (faint red glow in 4 places)

[[File:x2_irled_check.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear and the 4 IRLeds are on click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear or any IRLeds are not functioning for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the factory tool will exit focus mode so corrective action can be taken.

'''6.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.'''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture, remove I/O test board

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|X2 Main Board and LED Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]]

 

'''2.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

 

'''3.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_main_driver_case.jpg|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|FCC Compliance Label
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)Place FCC compliance sticker as shown.

[[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2_fcc_compliance_sticker.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|250px|]]

'''3.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly so as to avoid he power connector opening.

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board. Remove the backing tape from the wifi antenna and affix the Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together ensuring no cables interfere with or block the Lens, Power Connector, I/O Connectors, USB opening or case screw

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Install Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors - move to after final test.

[[File:x2accessorycover.jpg|220px|]]

'''4.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw. Do not over torque the screw.

Update Picture with FCC and accessory cover

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Windshield Support Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Hex nut for Support Attachment
|-
|}

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Windshield support not attached to the camera until after final test or else the power connector would be inaccessible

::* Snap plastic back plate into support

::* secure with screw

::* Apply 3M tape and trim flush with scalpel

[[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|350px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Secondary Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS, labeling)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the X6 Fixture be used. Because this document is intended to support production the X6 Fixture process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_x6_station.jpg|400px|]]

[[#Appendix C - Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Documentation | Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Setup]]

<br\><br\>

===Stage 2 Initialize X6 Fixture===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|600px|]]

'''1.''' Turn on the power toggle switch of the X6 Fixture

'''2.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''3.''' Press any one of the 6 Ignition push buttons to turn on the test cameras

'''4.''' When the X2 device's LED are Green/Green the camera is ready to test.

<br\>

===Test X2 Internal Accelerometer function===

'''1.'''Gently shake each camera to trigger a shock event

::* Right LED will turn red. Both LEDs green after event finishes recording.

::* Alarm/W-Panic and Door events may be triggered by pressing the corresponding push button. (these events are tested in at the first test station so this is optional)

<br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Press any one of the 6 Ignition push buttons to initiate transfer of events to the test station.

===Verify the Events in Factory Tool===

'''1.''' Factory Tool verify that each camera downloads

[[File:ft_transfer_results.jpg|600px|]]

::- Red text is bad (Camera transfered but no shock event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- Black text is good (Camera is pending the label printing process

::- Green text is good (Passed Accelerometer, GPS and Label application)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Print Serial Number, Barcode, MAC Address Labels===

[[File:x2_label_flow.jpg|700px|]]

If the transfer(s) and tests are successful Labels for the device can be printed. You must print the labels within 240 seconds* or the tests must be rerun.

:: *This timeout length can be changed by Idrive if needed to help with process flow.

[[File:ft_print_240sec.jpg|300px|]] [[File:ft_print_115sec.jpg|250px|]]

Click on "Print(230sec until close)" link to start the print dialog

::* When Print is selected the corresponding Camera will flash its LEDs. This is so you can tell which of the (up to 6 Camera) the label belongs to.

::* You must confirm the label Printed and was attached to the camera before the next Camera can have the label printer.

Click on "Quick Print"

[[File:ft_print_dialog.jpg|400px|]]

Click On Confirm Label printed

[[File:ft_print_printed.jpg|200px|]]

1: Tear-off the three labels from the printer.

Affix one Label on the back of the X2 Camera

Place one Label on the back of the camera covering the case screw

<br\><br\>

===Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera===

'''from Radu, Turn into process doc:
https://s3.amazonaws.com/tmp_idrive/factory_print_label_flow.mp4

::*event(s) download via wifi to Factory tool

::*review events

::* if passed click on print label for that device

:::- label with serial number, serial number bar code, wifi MAC address will print

:::-the physical camera will flash for 400 seconds(default)

:::- affix label over the case screw

:::- click ? to label the next camera on the x6 test set

The default settings of the "Test Printer" window are matching with the physical labels that I used (width: ~25 millimeters, height: ~15 millimeters).
For a proper print, I had to change also the Top Adjustment to 2 mm from the Printer Properties and use the "Termal Direct" option (without ribbon).
As you can imagine, I cannot guarantee that these settings will match with the EMLinQ printers...
However combining the FT settings with the Printer Settings you can find the optimal configuration for any printer and label.
These FT settings are visible only in Dev mode (let me know if you need them available for everyone).

Printing labels is available on the Transfer Window. (firmware 21.6 or higher).
After finishing the transfer, the FT will keep a 21.6 device alive (400 seconds - configurable from Dev Settings)
An old device will be disconnected and the Print column will show a "N/A" text...

When you click on the Print link, the selected camera will start flashing (behind is a Wi-Fi command sent to the device and does NOT involve the X6).
When the print window is closed, the FT will close the connection with the camera. You can click again on the link, but in this case you have to mannualy identify the camera (because the connection is closed).

I have not finished the FT yet, however I can provide you a temporary FT installer in a few days (and a 21.6 fw).
'''

'''11.''' Print label containing the serial number, Bar code and MAC address and affix to the camera as shown:

[[File:x2seriallabelext.jpg|400px|]]

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

==Idrive X2 Final Assembly/Packaging (Windshield support attachment, Final Inspection, Packaging)==

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Final Processing Materials'''
|-
|Windshield Support Assembly
|-
|Screw for attachment of Support to X2 Camera
|-
|Hex nut for Support Attachment
|-
|}

===Attach Windshield support to camera===

'''1.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

 

===X2 Camera Inspection and Packaging===

No smudges

put in plastic bubble wrap bag & place sticker on the outside with the serial number

Place in box and put serial number sticker on outside of box

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Log in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idriveglobal.com/ http://admincenter.idriveglobal.com]

Click on shipping and then click ADD to start the process

[[File:ft_shipping1.jpg|300px]] [[File:ft_shipping2.jpg|300px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The X2 Micro SD cards need to be be formatted with the EXT4 filesystem and have the system image placed on them. There are several ways to accomplish this

::* SB Shark Duplicator

::* Using a Linux system(a virtual machine is installed on the programming station for this purpose)

::*A windows PC with a third party driver the recognizes the EXT4 filesystem (not recommended)there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''. This often cause system crashes with "the blue screen of death"

::*Purchase SD cards that are preprogrammed (not economical base on the quotes we received)

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of a Linux System for MicroSD copying===

'''Overview''' - Any Linux system can be used for staging the Idrive X2 filesystem on the MicroSD card. The filesystem type on the SDcard needs to be EXT4 format (Linux filesystem). There are open source drivers available that allow windows to recognize the EXT4 file system but they very unstable and cause system crashes. It is therefore recommended that Linux be used for the microSD programming. The programming station has Ubuntu Linux installed on it using VMWare (virtual system).

'''Using VMware for access to Ubuntu Linx'''

Double Click on the VMware Icon on the desktop, Click "Ubuntu-64bit" to launch the virtual machine, login at the prompt with username ('''ubuntu''') and password ('''none''')(the word, not blank)

[[File:vmware_icon.jpg|75px|]] [[File:vmware_player1.jpg|200px|]] [[File:ubuntu_login_screen.jpg|200px|]]

Ensure the removable devices are assigned to the virtual machine and not windows ("check mark" means connected to virtual machine)

Player> Removable Devices> SuperTop Mass Storage> Connect (Disconnect from Host)

::*Number of devices will vary based on hardware and the number of MicroSD cards inserted

::*"SuperTop" is the name of the SD adaptor in use. This will vary depending on the adapter used

::* Host is the windows system

::* once the removable device is attached to the virtual machine it should stay assigned for the entire session

[[File:ubuntu_removable_devices.jpg|450px|]]

[[File:x2_sd_prog_icon.jpg|100px|]]Click on the X2 MicroSD Programming Icon.

[[File:microsd_prog_1.jpg|400px|]] A terminal window will open and the MicraSD card(s) will be formatted and the filesystem written to them. While this is happening you will see "Still Waiting for Cards..."

[[File:x2_microsd_prog_done.jpg|400px|]] Upon successful completion you will see Cards are done! The amount of time for the process will depend on the number of cards being programmed at the same timw. I there is an error ?

[[File:ubuntu_shutdown.jpg|400px|]]

 

===Use of SDShark Duplicator for MicroSD programming===

[[Manufacturing: SDShark use for MicroSD programming | WireShark use for MicroSD programming]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

[[File:idr_x2_pgmr_sta1.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
|Windows 8 Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|Bar Code Scanner
|-
|Lens Focus Charts
|-
|Micro SD card reader
|-
|Idrive X2 Programmer Fixture
|-
|DC 12V/1A '''LINEAR''' power supply
|-
|USB type B cable
|-
|USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
|Cat5 Cable
|-
|Power cable for X2
|-
|X2 Serial Programming cable
|-
|}

<br\>

<br\>

===X2 Programming Computer Setup===

====Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements ====

::*Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)

::*Speaker(s)

::*Windows 8.1 Professional recommended

::*1GB RAM

::*100 GB Hard Disk

::*2 Network Interface adaptors (NICs)

::* Keyboard and Mouse

====Network Configuration====

: Network Connection to the Programming Fixture

::* IP address: 192.168.0.10

::* Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::* Default gateway: Blank

: Network Connection with access to internet

::* DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

====Computer Software Requirements====

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x

* Future Technologies USB Driver for X2 Programming Fixture (http://www.ftdichip.com/Drivers/VCP.htm)

* Firefox Web browser (https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/)

 

===X2 Programming Fixture Setup===

[[File:programmer.png|thumb|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

====Computer Connections====

::* Connect the 12volt Power Supply to the Power Connector

::* Connect the USB cable from Programming computer to USB Type B connector

::* Connect the USB-to-Ethernet Adapter to the Programming Computer with a Cat5 (Network) Cable

 

====Idrive Camera Connections====

::* Connect "Idrive Cable" to the Device to be programmed

::* Connect the "Programming Connector" to the Device to be programmed

::* Connect the USB-to-Ethernet Adapter to the Device to be programmed

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

'''Turn On the Power switch''' and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 <br\><br\>

==Appendix C - Idrive X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Documentation ==

===Secondary/Final Test Station Components===

[[File:x2_x6_station.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Secondary/Final Test Station Components '''
|-
|Windows 8 Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|USB to Ethernet adapter (Second NIC on Computer)
|-
|Bar Code Scanner
|-
|Idrive X6 Test Fixture
|-
|DC 12V/6A power supply
|-
|6 Power cables for X2
|-
|Zebra barcode printer
|-
|USB type B cable (for Printer)
|-
|802.11g Wifi access point
|-
|Cat5 Cable, POE, Shielded FTP Cable
|}

<br\>

<br\>

===X2 Secondary/Final Test Computer Setup===

====Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements ====

::*Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)

::*Speaker(s)

::*Windows 8.1 Professional recommended

::*1GB RAM

::*100 GB Hard Disk

::*2 Network Interface adaptors (NICs)

::* Keyboard and Mouse

====Network Configuration====

: Network Connection to the Programming Fixture

::* IP address: 192.168.0.10

::* Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::* Default gateway: Blank

: Network Connection with access to internet

::* DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

====Computer Software Requirements====

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x

* Firefox Web browser (https://www.mozilla.org/en-US/firefox/new/)

 

===X6 Secondary/Final Test Fixture Setup===

====Computer Connections====

::* No Direct connection from the X6 Fixture and the PC

::* Idrive 802.11g Access point

::* Internet connection

 

====Idrive Camera Connections====

::* Connect "Idrive Power Cable Cable" to the Cameras to be Configured/Tested

<br\><br\>

'''Turn On the Power switch''' and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Idrive X2 Factory Tool Documentation ==

=== Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 3.2.x Application===

[[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]] Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application

[[File: ft_main_menu.jpg|500px|]]

 

==== Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Click on Settings [[File:ft_settings_button.jpg|250px|]]

 

[[File:ft_barcode_settings.jpg|350px|]]

Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

 

[[File:ft_config_settings.jpg|750px|]]

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

 

[[File:ft_event_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_driverid_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_gsm_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

[[File:ft_factoryid_settings.jpg|650px|]]

 

[[File:ft_admincenter_settings.jpg|725px|]]

 

[[File:ft_passwords_settings.jpg|750px|]]

 

==Appendix E - Idrive X2 Labels Documentation ==

Information about labels and sources for Idrive X2 Production

===Label for X2 Main serial number/bar code label ===

1 ea Brady THT-103-727-10 - Placed on X1 Main Board at build time

 Requires Ribbon R6000

1"X.25", White, Thermal, '''High Temp Polyimide''', 3 per row, 3" core, 10k per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/bradyid/pdpv/THT-103-727-10.html

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_148.pdf

::* Serial number Example: 025821100001

::* Bar Code of serial number (Code 128)

 

===Label for X2 External serial number/bar code/MAC address ===

3 ea THT-3-423-10 - for X2 Case, Plastic bag, Box exterior

1"X.37", White, Thermal, B423 Polyester, 3 per row, 3" roll core, 10K per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/bradyid/pdpv/THT-3-423-10.html

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_122.pdf

Order from: https://www.biscoind.com/store?goto=1#view1 (search for THT-3-423-10)

'''Requires Ribbon #R6007''' http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/ISD_184.pdf

[[File:ft_external_lable.jpg|400px|]]

::* Serial number Example: 025821100001

::* Bar Code of serial number

::* MAC Address of Wifi Module

 

===Label for X2 FCC/CE compliance ===

[[File:ft_x2_compliance_label.jpg|350px|]]

::* FCC logo CE Logo

::* Idrive Inc.

::* Idrive X2

 

===Label for X2 GSM module serial number/bar code/MAC address ===

2 ea THT-xxx0 - for GSM Module Case, Plastic bag

1.5"X.25", White, Thermal, B423 Polyester, 2 per row, 3" roll core, 10K per roll

Brady Product description: http://www.bradyid.com/tbd

Catalog page: http://www.bradyid.com/downloads/tbd

Order from: https://www.biscoind.com/store?goto=1#view1 (search for tbd)

[[File:ft_gsm_lable.jpg|350px|]]

::* IMEI number Example: IMEI: 861075020842522

::* Bar Code of IMEI (or is it the SIM?)

::* ICCID (SIM serial number?) Example:8940011410302975328F

'''Where does the label go? Windshield side next to red tape?'''

File:X2accessorycover.jpg

2015-07-20T18:08:40Z

Jeff:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-05-19T19:20:21Z

Jeff: /* Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|FCC Label
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|350px|]]

'''6.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Windshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector, USB opening or case screw

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

===Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera===

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Print label containing the serial number, Bar code and MAC address and affix to the camera as shown:

[[File:x2seriallabelext.jpg|400px|]]

'''12.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

[[File:LEDs.jpg|200px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-05-19T19:15:09Z

Jeff: /* Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|FCC Label
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|350px|]]

'''6.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Windshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector, USB opening or case screw

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

===Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera===

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Print label containing the serial number, Bar code and MAC address and affix to the camera as shown:

[[File:x2seriallabelext.jpg|400px|]]

'''12.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:LEDs.jpg|200px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-05-19T19:14:41Z

Jeff: /* Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|FCC Label
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|350px|]]

'''6.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Windshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector, USB opening or case screw

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

===Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera===

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Print label containing the serial number, Bar code and MAC address and affix to the camera as shown:

[[File:x2seriallabelext.jpg|400px|]]

'''12.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:LEDs.jpg|100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-05-19T19:14:15Z

Jeff: /* Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|FCC Label
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|350px|]]

'''6.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Windshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector, USB opening or case screw

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

===Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera===

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Print label containing the serial number, Bar code and MAC address and affix to the camera as shown:

[[File:x2seriallabelext.jpg|400px|]]

'''12.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:LEDs.jpg|400px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:LEDs.jpg

2015-05-19T19:12:08Z

Jeff:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-05-19T19:10:15Z

Jeff: /* Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|FCC Label
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|300px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|350px|]]

'''6.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Windshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector, USB opening or case screw

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

===Print and affix exterior serial number label to camera===

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Print label containing the serial number, Bar code and MAC address and affix to the camera as shown:

[[File:x2seriallabelext.jpg|400px|]]

'''12.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:LEDs.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-04-01T18:15:28Z

Jeff: /* Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-04-01T18:14:10Z

Jeff: /* Final Inspection and Packing */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

<br\><br\>

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-04-01T18:13:26Z

Jeff: /* Final X1 Series Camera Assembly */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-04-01T18:12:44Z

Jeff: /* Final X1 Series Camera Assembly */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-04-01T17:42:59Z

Jeff: /* Road Side Case Assembly */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information provided by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box located on the "Road" side of the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|300px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|300px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side''' (No markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl180c.jpg|250px|]]

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side''' (Note Markings)

[[File:sunex_dsl218a.jpg|250px|]]

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

Programming fixture:

[[ file: Image2.jpeg | 980px ]]

Idrive X2 connected to Programming fixture:

[[ file: image7.png | 980px ]]

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Connect the LED's board to Idrive X2 Main board.

'''2.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' Connect the programming cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''5.''' Connect the USB cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

<div style="padding-right: 40px; float: left">
[[File:front.png|400px|]]
</div>
[[File:back.png|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''5.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''6.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''7.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

'''2.''' Secure the LED Lens with a drop of superglue on each side. Take care not to have glue show.

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2winshieldsupporttape.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the supplied screw and nut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

::* Perform this step after Final Test. With the Widshield mount in this position the power cable cannot be plugged into the device for testing.

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

[[File:x2WifiLabelPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|Wifi Antenna
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown. Note the orientation of the wifi with the model number sticker facing upwards.

[[File:X2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

[[File:x2SerialNumberPicture.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt.

Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/ '''ensure to check the write option at installation time'''

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/download

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive X2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| Power cable for X2
|-
| Programming cable
|-
| USB type B cable
|-
| Ethernet cable
|-
| USB to Ethernet adapter
|-
| DC 12V/1A power supply
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

-Idrive Factory Tools 3.0.4

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

[[File:programmer.png|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

[[File:image6.png|thumb|500px|]]

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:Factory tool.png|thumb|600px|]]

Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File: factory tool icon.png|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X2 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''
Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X2 Devices

::'''RMA'''

Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X2 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install'''

-Set the serial port number for the X2 programming fixture.

-Set the serial port number for the Idrive X2 device.

(Port numbers can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:FT settings1.png|left|550px|]] [[File:FT settings2.png|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Idrive X2 Installation and Operation Guide

2015-01-26T16:01:51Z

Jeff: /* Driver ID */

==Copyright information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.
Copyright © 2015 Idrive Inc.

This product incorporates copyright protection technology. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Idrive Inc. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.

==Warnings==

----
'''Please read the following carefully regarding proper use of the product and ensuring the user’s safety.'''
----

1. Use the idrive device only for its intended purpose.

2. Do not disassemble, attempt to repair, or alter the idrive device. When malfunctions, errors, or other damage is found to be attributable to a user, said user may not be eligible for after sale service.

3. When cleaning the inside of a vehicle, do not spray water or any other cleaning product directly onto the idrive device. It may cause damage, fire, or electric shock.

4. Keep the idrive device away from chemicals or detergents as they may change the surface of the product or ruin internal components.

5. Do not insert any foreign objects into the idrive device. Severe impact, shock, or other foreign matter may cause damage to the idrive device.

6. When foreign matter blocks the lens, normal operation is impossible. Always ensure that the lens is free of any contaminants or obstruction. Other objects placed around the camera may be reflected off of the window and included in the image, so please do not leave unnecessary objects around the idrive device.

7. The product will not operate properly if its position changes. Make sure the product is installed securely and do not expose the device to excessive shock. Do not move the device after installation.

8. Staring at or operating the product while driving is dangerous and may cause an accident.

9. Keep the product away from excessively humid or salty environments.

10. This product uses high definition cameras. Sudden changes in light levels, such as entering or exiting a tunnel, may result in temporary image quality degradation. Excessive or insufficient light may also degrade image quality.

11. Excessively tinted windshields may result in poorly defined or distorted images.

'''12. Use ONLY the supplied cable to connect the idrive device to the power source, and only as directed in the manual. This product should be connected only to the power inside a vehicle. Any other power source is unacceptable and may cause malfunction or fire and may render the idrive device ineligible for after sale service.'''

13. If power to the idrive device is lost (i.e due to an accident), an image may not be recorded.

 

==Idrive X2 Basics==

===X2 Camera===

[[File:X2_Camera_all_Views.jpg|800px|]]

===Accesories===

====Power Harness====

[[File:X2_Power_Harness.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Used to Supply power and event triggers from the vehicle to the X2 Device. The kit comes with the wire harness, Fuse holder and Fuse.

 

====Wired Panic Button====

[[File:X2_wired_panic_button2.jpg|thumb|350px|]]

Mounted in easy reach of the driver to manually trigger an event.

 

===Optional Accesories===

====Driver ID====

[[File:X2_DriveID.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

The driver ID is mounted in the vehicle then individual fob are sign two drivers.
When the fog is placed against the driver ID the driver will be assigned to that vehicle.

 

====Idrive PowerUP====

[[File:PowerUP.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

The optional Idrive PowerUp protects electronics from voltage spikes, power surges, momentary power losses, abrupt voltage changes and noise interference on incoming DC power to Mobile Video Recording Electronics prone to memory loss or "crashes"

The Idrive PowerUp is a solid state device which provides "pure" power to Mobile Video Recording electronics by performing several essential functions.

1) Voltage Spike Protection: Engine cranking, pump and motor operation send
voltage "spikes" through a vehicle’s electrical system that often "bulldoze" their
way through the electronic circuitry. Idrive PowerUp eliminates this.

2) Backup Power: A group of Super capacitors that sum a minimum of 0.84F pack is built in the power conditioner, which acts as a power reservoir and is charged from the cars 12/24VDC charging network by using a step-down to 12.5VDC converter. In the event of a drop in DC voltage due to engine cranking or total power interruption, the Capacitors will maintain power to X1P or X2 equipment for a short period of time. This is essential for preventing memory and data loss.

3) Warning of Imminent Loss of Power and Over Voltages: An Error signal is generated over the Error brown wire and it can be used for triggering an event or counting the voltage errors over a period of time.

 

==Installation Instructions==

 

===X2 Camera Installation===

====Before you start====

* Read this installation guide completely before beginning the installation.

* Ensure the idrive Base Station and wireless access point(s) are working. This is so you can test the camera installation and so the cameras do not fill up with events.

* Before installation, check the contents of the package and make sure all parts are accounted for and in good condition.

* Since part of the installation process is setting the angle of the device, it is important to choose a workspace where the vehicle is level and stable, and can remain so throughout the installation.

* Ensure that the mounting location chosen for the device will not interfere with the driver’s line of sight when operating the vehicle.

* Use the included installation hardware to make sure that the wiring for the system is secure, and will not interfere with the safe operation of the vehicle

----
'''NOTE: The idrive units should only be installed by a qualified technician.'''
----
 

====Select the mounting location====

The proper location for mounting the X2 device is on the top center of the windshield. Ensure that:

::* Top center of the windshield

::* Mount the camera vertically

::* The lens must have an unobstructed view of the interior and the device must not interfere with the driver’s field of view.

[[File:Correct_mounting Position.jpg|500px|]] '''Correct Positioning'''
 
Permits clear view from the idrive device to the occupant cabin, unobstructed by the rear view mirror
 
[[File:Too high.jpg|500px|]] '''Too High'''
 
Blocks the driver and occupants faces showing eye and head positions during events
 
[[File:Too low.jpg|500px|]] '''Too Low'''
 
Reduces cabin view and low hand placement during events. Also places forward viewing camera too low to the front hood reducing field of vision during events.
 
[[File:Wrong Angle.jpg|500px|]] '''Wrong Angle'''
 
Obscures horizon for front viewing and cabin viewing cameras and reduces field of vision at outer edges of the event
 

====Mounting of the X2 Device====
[[File: X2mountingBracket.jpg|frame|x250px|right|alt=Alt text|X2 Mounting Bracket]]
[[File: X2mountingArm.jpg|frame|x250px|right|alt=Alt text|X2 Camera (backside)]]
----
'''WARNING:''' The adhesive is very sticky. Once applied to the windshield, it will not come off easily. See page 21 for bracket removal instructions.

----

Install the mounting bracket

* Separate the X2 camera from the mounting bracket by removing the hex screw.

* Clean the installation area on the inside of the windshield using an alcohol wipe and wait until the windshield is completely dry. Make sure the glass is clean, dry and the air temperature is at least 50oF (10oC).

* Position the bracket with the '''mounting notch facing upward'''. Hold the X2 camera up to the bracket to confirm that the unit will hang vertically in the appropriate fashion in relation to the review mirror (as explained above). Mark this position with masking tape or a pencil.

* Remove the liner from the foam tape.

* Start by placing only the top edge of the bracket against the windshield, aligned with the guide marks.

* Press the bracket firmly against the windshield starting at the top and pressing the side downward. (Do not apply excessive pressure as it may cause the windshield to break)

* Make sure there are no large air bubbles under the bracket. You may need to (carefully) apply additional pressure to the bracket and remove any large air bubbles. Use a small pin to create an escape path for the air if the problem is persistent.

* Remove the tape, or markings using an alcohol wipe.

 

Install the X2 Camera into the bracket

* Insert the nut into one of the hex-shaped holes in the bracket and hold it inside with a finger. Verify the nut fits flush with the hole, and is not sitting at an angle.

* Align the mounting arm and notch on the camera and bracket, respectively, so that the camera hangs vertically.

* Insert the bolt into the opposite hex-shaped hole as the nut, and turn until tight. As long as you hold the nut inside with a finger, it should catch and turn down to the bottom.

::* NOTE: once the bolt is inserted, the camera's position is rigid. The bolt must be removed completely if the position is to be altered.

 

====Route the Idrive X2 Power Cable====
 
----
'''WARNING:''' When installing the Idrive X2 Cable in a vehicle with side or curtain airbags, be certain that neither the cable nor your installation activities interfere with any airbag related mechanisms or might otherwise affect airbag deployment.
----

Starting just above the rear view mirror, route the cable under the window trim or headliner across to the door pillar.

Route the cable down the door pillar underneath the vertical door / window trim.

Route the cable out from underneath the trim and under the dashboard.

'''Note:''' You may need to remove the trim to route the cable. When reinstalling, be careful not to damage the trim clips or the cable. Keep the cable away from sharp edges and moving parts.

[[File:x2_Interior.jpg]]

 

====Idrive X2 Wiring Diagram====

 
The Idrive X2 Cable is 14 feet long with a 6PIN connector at one end. One end of the cable - the 6PIN connector- plugs into the idrive device. It is then routed and secured under the dashboard.

The routing of the power cable will vary greatly depending on vehicle type. Choose a routing that will work the best for your particular application.

'''Attach the wires to the sources in the vehicle as shown below:'''

[[File:cable_legend.jpg|600px|]]

'''Required Connections'''

There are 3 required connections for the idrive device to function properly.

* Connect the BLACK WIRE to negative or to a clean GROUND.

* The RED power wire must be connected through the supplied fuse to a continuous +12V power source. This power must never shut off for proper device function.

* The WHITE ignition wire must be connected through the supplied fuse to a 12V power source that is ignition switched. This wire tells the camera to boot up or to enter transfer mode to download events.

'''Optional Connections'''

There are 3 optional wire connections which when properly connected, will trigger an event on the idrive device. The description of the usage shown is suggested however each wire may be connected to the trigger point of your choice so long as electrical parameters are met. If you chose not to use the optional wires ensure that they are secured properly to prevent shorting.

* Connect the GREEN wire to an Alarm Button (or trigger method of your choice).(This wire requires a 0V to 12V RISING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration)

* Connect the YELLOW wire to a Door Open (or trigger method of your choice).(This wire requires a 0V to 12V FALLING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration)

* Connect the BLUE wire to a Wired Panic Button (or trigger method of your choice). (This wire requires a MOMENTARY 0V FALLING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration.) e.g. a momentary ground through the wired panic button.

 

====Test Cable Connections====

'''IMPORTANT!''' Use a voltmeter to verify the proper connection of each wire prior to plugging into the idrive device.
 

====Plug the cable into the Device====

[[File:plug2.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Wired Panic Button Installation===

Installation

# Choose the location to mount the Wired Panic Button carefully
* ''Listed below are just a few scenarios when the location for the wired Panic Button:''
** Is the location for driver access within or outside of visual range
** Is the location for driver access within or outside of arms reach
** Is the location potentially hazardous to safe vehicle operation
** If hidden, (e.g. in a glove box or under a seat) accidental activation may occur due to movement of clip boards or miscellaneous in-cab utilities
** An exposed Panic Button may call to much attention to itself
** If surface mounted, you have the option to route the wiring to exit through the side or the back of the Wired Panic Button housing
** You may wish to install more than one Wired Panic Button (wired in parallel)
# After mounting the Wired Panic Button, route the cable safely toward the location that you terminated the cable harness from the idrive device
# Connect the Black wire from the Wired Panic Button to the same ground location that you terminated the Black Ground wire from the idrive device
# Securely connect the Red wire from Wired Panic Button to the Blue wire from the idrive Camera harness using either a wire nut, solder, or other wire connector
# Check that all connections are correct using a voltmeter
# Provide proper electrical insulation against short circuits using shrink tubing and/or electrical tape
# '''Suspend any unused cable out of reach and from possible abrasion with cable-ties or electrical tape

'''Note: if more than one Wired Panic Button is to be installed, simply parallel all Black wires from the Panic button to ground and parallel all Red wires from each Wired Panic Button to the Blue wire on the idrive Camera Harness as in items 3 and 4'''

 

===Driver ID Installation===

Route the cable under the window trim or headliner across to the door pillar as with the power cable.

Route the cable out from underneath the trim and affix the Button to the dashboard using the double sided tape.

Position the Driver ID in the vehicle cabin where it is easy to reach and it won’t affect the driver’s performance.

Plug the Driver ID into the back of the camera using the Driver ID connector.

[[File:x2_Interior_driverID.jpg]]

 

===Idrive PowerUp Installation===

Determine the best mounting location for the PowerUp in the vehicle. A suitable location:

:* flat interior surface (Powerup Is not weather resistant)

:* Located so that the Idrive Device Power cable can reach it.

PowerUp may be mounted using double sided tape or Zip-ties

Idrive PowerUp is installed between the Idrive camera and the Vehicle

====New vehicle Installation====

Mount the PowerUp

Connect the idrive camera power harness to "camera" side of the PowerUp using the supplied crimp connectors. (the wire colors on the PowerUp match the colors of the idrive power harness.

Connect "car" side of the PowerUp to the vehicle

Install the fuse

====Adding to Existing Installation====

Remove all power to the idrive device

Cut the idrive power harness and strip all 12 wire ends.

Splice the PowerUp in series using the supplied crimp connectors

Restore power connections to the idrive device.

 

===Uninstalling an X2 device===

* Unplug the power cable from the camera by pressing down on the connector locking tab and carefully pulling the cable out.

* Unplug the Driver ID cable by gently pulling the cable towards the windshield.

'''Important''' do not pull on the camera to remove the bracket from the windshield!

* Unscrew the fastener securing the camera to the windshield bracket and remove the camera.

* Remove the bracket from the windshield – use a label-off product and carefully pull the bracket from the windshield. Note: If you are returning the device for repair or replacement, skip this step.

 

==Idrive X2 Operation==

===Modes of Operation===

The idrive X2 device has three major modes of operation:

====Event Monitoring Mode====

Initially after ignition energizing, the idrive device will display (Red/Green LEDs) for approximately 30 seconds during initialization. The Event Monitoring Mode will then start when the camera is fully initialized [[File:Greenb.JPG|60px]]
(Green/Green LEDs)

* The idrive device will be continually recording but not saving data

* When an event occurs the device will save data to internal memory

::- Starting from a time interval prior to the event trigger

::- Ending at a time interval after the event trigger

::- The time interval is set in the idrive Control Center

* If set in the Control Center, the idrive device will display a Left RED Event LED(Red/Green LEDs) for the duration of that event.

 

====Transfer Mode (WiFi or USB)====

 

The idrive device enters Transfer Mode when the vehicle’s ignition switch is turned OFF [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Amber/Green LEDs).

The transfer of events to the idrive Base Station can be done with either the built in WiFi network (Default) or with the supplied mini-USB Stick.

=====Wifi events transfer=====

The device will search for the idrive wireless network [[File:Flashing.JPG|120px]](Flashing Amber/ Solid Green LEDs)

* The idrive device will attempt to make a connection 15 times over approximately 3.5 minutes

* When the idrive device is able to successfully connect to the idrive wireless network [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs) it will begin downloading all recorded events to the idrive Base Station

* Once all of the event data has been successfully transferred, the idrive device will shut [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] off (Both LEDs Off)

'''OR'''

* If it cannot connect within that time period the idrive device will shut off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] (Both LEDs Off)

'''OR'''
* If set in the Control Center, The X1 device will record events after the ignition is turned OFF.
**Left LED Off and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)'''(See Sleep Mode Below)'''

=====USB Stick events transfer=====

Two methods to insert the USB properly Ignition ON or Ignition OFF

Ignition ON

* Make sure the LEDs are Green Green

* Insert the USB stick into the left side of the camera having the gold fingers on the USB stick facing away from you

* Make sure you wait more than 60 seconds prior to the ignition switch being turned off

* USB transfer will begin [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs)

- The camera will not search for the idrive wireless network

'''OR'''

Ignition OFF
* Make sure the LEDs are OFF Green or OFF OFF

* Insert the USB stick into the left side of the camera having the gold fingers on the USB stick facing away from you

* Turn the Ignition ON and let the Camera Boot up to Green Green

* Wait 30 seconds and turn the Ignition OFF

* USB transfer will begin [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs)

- The camera will not search for the idrive wireless network

----
'''Note:''' The USB Stick '''MUST HAVE''' your idrive.cert file on it to be authorized (this prevents unauthorized download of events)

'''Note:''' The USB stick '''MUST NOT''' be removed prior to transfer completion or data loss may occur
----

* Completion is indicated by both LEDs being Off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] (See the “idrive Control Center Manual” for instructions on how to IMPORT the events into the Base Station with the USB stick)

'''OR'''
* If set in the Control Center, The X1 device will record events after the ignition is turned OFF.
**Left LED Off and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)'''(See Sleep Mode Below)'''
----
'''WARNING:''' Do not unplug the idrive USB Stick during the transfer [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green), as it may damage internal flash memory in the
idrive device or the USB Stick.
----

====Sleep Mode====

After the ignition is turned Off and the Transfer Mode is complete (either WiFi or USB) the Left Red LED will flash (OFF-ON-OFF) and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)

This device is now in Sleep Mode. The duration of Sleep Mode (before turning off) is set in the Control Center per device.

During Sleep Mode, if an event takes place that is enabled for a specific Device (e.g. Shock Event, Door Event, Panic Event, other Wire Event) the left LED will turn RED, and the Right LED will remain Green for the duration of the Event as set in the Control Panel for that device.

* Once the timer has expired for Sleep Mode, the idrive device will turn both LEDs Off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]]

==Idrive Event Types==
===G-Force (Shock) Event===

By default the idrive device will save video from 8 seconds before the event to 8 seconds after the event trigger (16 seconds total). (G-Force levels and default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Door Open Event===

When a door is opened, the idrive device will record from 5 seconds before the event to 5 seconds after the event (10 seconds total). The idrive device uses the existing circuitry of the automobile to detect that the door has been opened. The download of door open events may be disabled in the control center. Door events that are not downloaded from the device will be deleted from the device after 3 days.

===Wireless Panic Event===

By default when the wireless panic button is pressed, the device will save 15 seconds prior to and 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Wired Panic Event===

By default when a wired panic button is pressed, the idrive device will save from 15 seconds before the event to 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Alarm Event===

By default when the wireless panic button is pressed, the idrive device will save from 15 seconds before the event to 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

The video together with the G-Force values, the GPS coordinates, date and time form an “Idrive Event File”. The Event File is saved on an internal flash memory.

===Basic LED behavior===

[[File:LED behavior.JPG|900px|]]

===Understanding GPS===

----
'''NOTE:''' On the very first use, the idrive X2 unit must be outside of a garage for up to 10 minutes to acquire a line of sight GPS signal and become fully functional. The idrive device’s internal Date and Time are obtained from GPS. Vehicle speed is calculated by the GPS coordinates as are the mapping functions. Events will record during this time without GPS information.
----

*GPS used for commercial purposes inherently has the average range error of more than 5 meters. Near buildings, underground, underpasses, or roadside trees, the range error may be more than 15 meters.

* For GPS to triangulate the location of the vehicle there must be signals received from 3 of the 4 satellites “visible” in the sky. (GPS is line of sight). It can take some time in the open for this to happen.

* A certain amount of time is needed from when the engine of a vehicle is started until GPS satellite reception begins, and this time may vary depending on weather and environmental conditions.

* Do not use GPS with other products that send electromagnetic waves or that use GPS. This may reduce the performance of the GPS reception in this product.

* Depending on GPS satellite reception, the accuracy of the mapping may not always show the shape of the road or a current location. Some examples of conditions that may affect GPS performance might include: Tall buildings, tree canopies, overpasses tunnels etc.

 

===Driver ID Operation===

At ignition start the green LED on the drive ID button will flash green and produce a beeping sound letting the driver know it is ready to receive his/her Identity.

The driver should place his/her unique driver key into the circular slot on the Driver ID Button.

::* The beeping and the LED flashing will automatically stop after the Driver ID has processed the Identity given by the unique driver key.

::* If the driver changes and the ignition had not been turned off, the new driver can ID himself with his/her own unique key without having to turn the ignition off and on again.

::* All the events that will be recorded on the camera will be assigned to the driver that has used his/her assigned unique driver key last.

::* If the new driver does not ID him/herself the Driver ID will continue using the identity from the previous driver.

'''Note:''' The Driver ID will continue beeping and the LED flashing bright green until the driver has connected his/her own unique driver key.

 

==Appendix A : Specifications==

[[File:X2_electrical_Specifications.JPG|900px|]]

===Idrive PowerUp Electrical specifications===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!PowerUP Specifications ||
|-
| Input || 12-24 VDC Vehicles, Nominal Charging: 13.8-14.4 VDC for 12VDC, To Prevent Discharge: 13.4 -14.4 VDC
12-24 VDC Vehicles, Nominal Charging: 27.6-28.8 VDC for 24VDC, To Prevent Discharge: 27.6-28.8 VDC
|-
|Output || Voltage Spike Protected, according to ISO7637-2 with Capacitors providing consistent power for up to 15 seconds for X1P/X2 and other small devices. .7A is normal operating draw for Xseries products permitting up to 1.5A for short periods of time.
|-
|Max Current || PowerUp is designed to support a single device. Max Peak current consumption is 2 amps. PowerUp is not designed to operate at Peak for prolonged periods of time and will cause failure
|-
|Back-Up Power || 12.5 VDC Nominal for connected Devices
Up to 0.84F Back-Up Capacitance
X1P or X2 for up to Fifteen (15) Seconds
|-
|Capacitor Life || 0.84F Capacitance, 4-5 Years Typical Life - Replaceable
|-
|Voltage Spike Protection || 12/24 VDC Vehicle Surge and Spike, up to 87V for 0.4 seconds, according to ISO7637-2
|-
|Operating Temperature || 0-50˚C
|-
|Size and Weight || L: 6” , W : 2” H : 1.6”
Weight: TBD
|-
|}

Idrive X2 Installation and Operation Guide

2015-01-26T15:44:39Z

Jeff: /* Wired Panic Button */

==Copyright information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.
Copyright © 2015 Idrive Inc.

This product incorporates copyright protection technology. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Idrive Inc. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.

==Warnings==

----
'''Please read the following carefully regarding proper use of the product and ensuring the user’s safety.'''
----

1. Use the idrive device only for its intended purpose.

2. Do not disassemble, attempt to repair, or alter the idrive device. When malfunctions, errors, or other damage is found to be attributable to a user, said user may not be eligible for after sale service.

3. When cleaning the inside of a vehicle, do not spray water or any other cleaning product directly onto the idrive device. It may cause damage, fire, or electric shock.

4. Keep the idrive device away from chemicals or detergents as they may change the surface of the product or ruin internal components.

5. Do not insert any foreign objects into the idrive device. Severe impact, shock, or other foreign matter may cause damage to the idrive device.

6. When foreign matter blocks the lens, normal operation is impossible. Always ensure that the lens is free of any contaminants or obstruction. Other objects placed around the camera may be reflected off of the window and included in the image, so please do not leave unnecessary objects around the idrive device.

7. The product will not operate properly if its position changes. Make sure the product is installed securely and do not expose the device to excessive shock. Do not move the device after installation.

8. Staring at or operating the product while driving is dangerous and may cause an accident.

9. Keep the product away from excessively humid or salty environments.

10. This product uses high definition cameras. Sudden changes in light levels, such as entering or exiting a tunnel, may result in temporary image quality degradation. Excessive or insufficient light may also degrade image quality.

11. Excessively tinted windshields may result in poorly defined or distorted images.

'''12. Use ONLY the supplied cable to connect the idrive device to the power source, and only as directed in the manual. This product should be connected only to the power inside a vehicle. Any other power source is unacceptable and may cause malfunction or fire and may render the idrive device ineligible for after sale service.'''

13. If power to the idrive device is lost (i.e due to an accident), an image may not be recorded.

 

==Idrive X2 Basics==

===X2 Camera===

[[File:X2_Camera_all_Views.jpg|800px|]]

===Accesories===

====Power Harness====

[[File:X2_Power_Harness.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Used to Supply power and event triggers from the vehicle to the X2 Device. The kit comes with the wire harness, Fuse holder and Fuse.

 

====Wired Panic Button====

[[File:X2_wired_panic_button2.jpg|thumb|350px|]]

Mounted in easy reach of the driver to manually trigger an event.

 

===Optional Accesories===

====Driver ID====

[[File:X2_DriveID.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

words

 

====Idrive PowerUP====

[[File:PowerUP.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

The optional Idrive PowerUp protects electronics from voltage spikes, power surges, momentary power losses, abrupt voltage changes and noise interference on incoming DC power to Mobile Video Recording Electronics prone to memory loss or "crashes"

The Idrive PowerUp is a solid state device which provides "pure" power to Mobile Video Recording electronics by performing several essential functions.

1) Voltage Spike Protection: Engine cranking, pump and motor operation send
voltage "spikes" through a vehicle’s electrical system that often "bulldoze" their
way through the electronic circuitry. Idrive PowerUp eliminates this.

2) Backup Power: A group of Super capacitors that sum a minimum of 0.84F pack is built in the power conditioner, which acts as a power reservoir and is charged from the cars 12/24VDC charging network by using a step-down to 12.5VDC converter. In the event of a drop in DC voltage due to engine cranking or total power interruption, the Capacitors will maintain power to X1P or X2 equipment for a short period of time. This is essential for preventing memory and data loss.

3) Warning of Imminent Loss of Power and Over Voltages: An Error signal is generated over the Error brown wire and it can be used for triggering an event or counting the voltage errors over a period of time.

 

==Installation Instructions==

 

===X2 Camera Installation===

====Before you start====

* Read this installation guide completely before beginning the installation.

* Ensure the idrive Base Station and wireless access point(s) are working. This is so you can test the camera installation and so the cameras do not fill up with events.

* Before installation, check the contents of the package and make sure all parts are accounted for and in good condition.

* Since part of the installation process is setting the angle of the device, it is important to choose a workspace where the vehicle is level and stable, and can remain so throughout the installation.

* Ensure that the mounting location chosen for the device will not interfere with the driver’s line of sight when operating the vehicle.

* Use the included installation hardware to make sure that the wiring for the system is secure, and will not interfere with the safe operation of the vehicle

----
'''NOTE: The idrive units should only be installed by a qualified technician.'''
----
 

====Select the mounting location====

The proper location for mounting the X2 device is on the top center of the windshield. Ensure that:

::* Top center of the windshield

::* Mount the camera vertically

::* The lens must have an unobstructed view of the interior and the device must not interfere with the driver’s field of view.

[[File:Correct_mounting Position.jpg|500px|]] '''Correct Positioning'''
 
Permits clear view from the idrive device to the occupant cabin, unobstructed by the rear view mirror
 
[[File:Too high.jpg|500px|]] '''Too High'''
 
Blocks the driver and occupants faces showing eye and head positions during events
 
[[File:Too low.jpg|500px|]] '''Too Low'''
 
Reduces cabin view and low hand placement during events. Also places forward viewing camera too low to the front hood reducing field of vision during events.
 
[[File:Wrong Angle.jpg|500px|]] '''Wrong Angle'''
 
Obscures horizon for front viewing and cabin viewing cameras and reduces field of vision at outer edges of the event
 

====Mounting of the X2 Device====
[[File: X2mountingBracket.jpg|frame|x250px|right|alt=Alt text|X2 Mounting Bracket]]
[[File: X2mountingArm.jpg|frame|x250px|right|alt=Alt text|X2 Camera (backside)]]
----
'''WARNING:''' The adhesive is very sticky. Once applied to the windshield, it will not come off easily. See page 21 for bracket removal instructions.

----

Install the mounting bracket

* Separate the X2 camera from the mounting bracket by removing the hex screw.

* Clean the installation area on the inside of the windshield using an alcohol wipe and wait until the windshield is completely dry. Make sure the glass is clean, dry and the air temperature is at least 50oF (10oC).

* Position the bracket with the '''mounting notch facing upward'''. Hold the X2 camera up to the bracket to confirm that the unit will hang vertically in the appropriate fashion in relation to the review mirror (as explained above). Mark this position with masking tape or a pencil.

* Remove the liner from the foam tape.

* Start by placing only the top edge of the bracket against the windshield, aligned with the guide marks.

* Press the bracket firmly against the windshield starting at the top and pressing the side downward. (Do not apply excessive pressure as it may cause the windshield to break)

* Make sure there are no large air bubbles under the bracket. You may need to (carefully) apply additional pressure to the bracket and remove any large air bubbles. Use a small pin to create an escape path for the air if the problem is persistent.

* Remove the tape, or markings using an alcohol wipe.

 

Install the X2 Camera into the bracket

* Insert the nut into one of the hex-shaped holes in the bracket and hold it inside with a finger. Verify the nut fits flush with the hole, and is not sitting at an angle.

* Align the mounting arm and notch on the camera and bracket, respectively, so that the camera hangs vertically.

* Insert the bolt into the opposite hex-shaped hole as the nut, and turn until tight. As long as you hold the nut inside with a finger, it should catch and turn down to the bottom.

::* NOTE: once the bolt is inserted, the camera's position is rigid. The bolt must be removed completely if the position is to be altered.

 

====Route the Idrive X2 Power Cable====
 
----
'''WARNING:''' When installing the Idrive X2 Cable in a vehicle with side or curtain airbags, be certain that neither the cable nor your installation activities interfere with any airbag related mechanisms or might otherwise affect airbag deployment.
----

Starting just above the rear view mirror, route the cable under the window trim or headliner across to the door pillar.

Route the cable down the door pillar underneath the vertical door / window trim.

Route the cable out from underneath the trim and under the dashboard.

'''Note:''' You may need to remove the trim to route the cable. When reinstalling, be careful not to damage the trim clips or the cable. Keep the cable away from sharp edges and moving parts.

[[File:x2_Interior.jpg]]

 

====Idrive X2 Wiring Diagram====

 
The Idrive X2 Cable is 14 feet long with a 6PIN connector at one end. One end of the cable - the 6PIN connector- plugs into the idrive device. It is then routed and secured under the dashboard.

The routing of the power cable will vary greatly depending on vehicle type. Choose a routing that will work the best for your particular application.

'''Attach the wires to the sources in the vehicle as shown below:'''

[[File:cable_legend.jpg|600px|]]

'''Required Connections'''

There are 3 required connections for the idrive device to function properly.

* Connect the BLACK WIRE to negative or to a clean GROUND.

* The RED power wire must be connected through the supplied fuse to a continuous +12V power source. This power must never shut off for proper device function.

* The WHITE ignition wire must be connected through the supplied fuse to a 12V power source that is ignition switched. This wire tells the camera to boot up or to enter transfer mode to download events.

'''Optional Connections'''

There are 3 optional wire connections which when properly connected, will trigger an event on the idrive device. The description of the usage shown is suggested however each wire may be connected to the trigger point of your choice so long as electrical parameters are met. If you chose not to use the optional wires ensure that they are secured properly to prevent shorting.

* Connect the GREEN wire to an Alarm Button (or trigger method of your choice).(This wire requires a 0V to 12V RISING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration)

* Connect the YELLOW wire to a Door Open (or trigger method of your choice).(This wire requires a 0V to 12V FALLING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration)

* Connect the BLUE wire to a Wired Panic Button (or trigger method of your choice). (This wire requires a MOMENTARY 0V FALLING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration.) e.g. a momentary ground through the wired panic button.

 

====Test Cable Connections====

'''IMPORTANT!''' Use a voltmeter to verify the proper connection of each wire prior to plugging into the idrive device.
 

====Plug the cable into the Device====

[[File:plug2.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Wired Panic Button Installation===

Installation

# Choose the location to mount the Wired Panic Button carefully
* ''Listed below are just a few scenarios when the location for the wired Panic Button:''
** Is the location for driver access within or outside of visual range
** Is the location for driver access within or outside of arms reach
** Is the location potentially hazardous to safe vehicle operation
** If hidden, (e.g. in a glove box or under a seat) accidental activation may occur due to movement of clip boards or miscellaneous in-cab utilities
** An exposed Panic Button may call to much attention to itself
** If surface mounted, you have the option to route the wiring to exit through the side or the back of the Wired Panic Button housing
** You may wish to install more than one Wired Panic Button (wired in parallel)
# After mounting the Wired Panic Button, route the cable safely toward the location that you terminated the cable harness from the idrive device
# Connect the Black wire from the Wired Panic Button to the same ground location that you terminated the Black Ground wire from the idrive device
# Securely connect the Red wire from Wired Panic Button to the Blue wire from the idrive Camera harness using either a wire nut, solder, or other wire connector
# Check that all connections are correct using a voltmeter
# Provide proper electrical insulation against short circuits using shrink tubing and/or electrical tape
# '''Suspend any unused cable out of reach and from possible abrasion with cable-ties or electrical tape

'''Note: if more than one Wired Panic Button is to be installed, simply parallel all Black wires from the Panic button to ground and parallel all Red wires from each Wired Panic Button to the Blue wire on the idrive Camera Harness as in items 3 and 4'''

 

===Driver ID Installation===

Route the cable under the window trim or headliner across to the door pillar as with the power cable.

Route the cable out from underneath the trim and affix the Button to the dashboard using the double sided tape.

Position the Driver ID in the vehicle cabin where it is easy to reach and it won’t affect the driver’s performance.

Plug the Driver ID into the back of the camera using the Driver ID connector.

[[File:x2_Interior_driverID.jpg]]

 

===Idrive PowerUp Installation===

Determine the best mounting location for the PowerUp in the vehicle. A suitable location:

:* flat interior surface (Powerup Is not weather resistant)

:* Located so that the Idrive Device Power cable can reach it.

PowerUp may be mounted using double sided tape or Zip-ties

Idrive PowerUp is installed between the Idrive camera and the Vehicle

====New vehicle Installation====

Mount the PowerUp

Connect the idrive camera power harness to "camera" side of the PowerUp using the supplied crimp connectors. (the wire colors on the PowerUp match the colors of the idrive power harness.

Connect "car" side of the PowerUp to the vehicle

Install the fuse

====Adding to Existing Installation====

Remove all power to the idrive device

Cut the idrive power harness and strip all 12 wire ends.

Splice the PowerUp in series using the supplied crimp connectors

Restore power connections to the idrive device.

 

===Uninstalling an X2 device===

* Unplug the power cable from the camera by pressing down on the connector locking tab and carefully pulling the cable out.

* Unplug the Driver ID cable by gently pulling the cable towards the windshield.

'''Important''' do not pull on the camera to remove the bracket from the windshield!

* Unscrew the fastener securing the camera to the windshield bracket and remove the camera.

* Remove the bracket from the windshield – use a label-off product and carefully pull the bracket from the windshield. Note: If you are returning the device for repair or replacement, skip this step.

 

==Idrive X2 Operation==

===Modes of Operation===

The idrive X2 device has three major modes of operation:

====Event Monitoring Mode====

Initially after ignition energizing, the idrive device will display (Red/Green LEDs) for approximately 30 seconds during initialization. The Event Monitoring Mode will then start when the camera is fully initialized [[File:Greenb.JPG|60px]]
(Green/Green LEDs)

* The idrive device will be continually recording but not saving data

* When an event occurs the device will save data to internal memory

::- Starting from a time interval prior to the event trigger

::- Ending at a time interval after the event trigger

::- The time interval is set in the idrive Control Center

* If set in the Control Center, the idrive device will display a Left RED Event LED(Red/Green LEDs) for the duration of that event.

 

====Transfer Mode (WiFi or USB)====

 

The idrive device enters Transfer Mode when the vehicle’s ignition switch is turned OFF [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Amber/Green LEDs).

The transfer of events to the idrive Base Station can be done with either the built in WiFi network (Default) or with the supplied mini-USB Stick.

=====Wifi events transfer=====

The device will search for the idrive wireless network [[File:Flashing.JPG|120px]](Flashing Amber/ Solid Green LEDs)

* The idrive device will attempt to make a connection 15 times over approximately 3.5 minutes

* When the idrive device is able to successfully connect to the idrive wireless network [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs) it will begin downloading all recorded events to the idrive Base Station

* Once all of the event data has been successfully transferred, the idrive device will shut [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] off (Both LEDs Off)

'''OR'''

* If it cannot connect within that time period the idrive device will shut off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] (Both LEDs Off)

'''OR'''
* If set in the Control Center, The X1 device will record events after the ignition is turned OFF.
**Left LED Off and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)'''(See Sleep Mode Below)'''

=====USB Stick events transfer=====

Two methods to insert the USB properly Ignition ON or Ignition OFF

Ignition ON

* Make sure the LEDs are Green Green

* Insert the USB stick into the left side of the camera having the gold fingers on the USB stick facing away from you

* Make sure you wait more than 60 seconds prior to the ignition switch being turned off

* USB transfer will begin [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs)

- The camera will not search for the idrive wireless network

'''OR'''

Ignition OFF
* Make sure the LEDs are OFF Green or OFF OFF

* Insert the USB stick into the left side of the camera having the gold fingers on the USB stick facing away from you

* Turn the Ignition ON and let the Camera Boot up to Green Green

* Wait 30 seconds and turn the Ignition OFF

* USB transfer will begin [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs)

- The camera will not search for the idrive wireless network

----
'''Note:''' The USB Stick '''MUST HAVE''' your idrive.cert file on it to be authorized (this prevents unauthorized download of events)

'''Note:''' The USB stick '''MUST NOT''' be removed prior to transfer completion or data loss may occur
----

* Completion is indicated by both LEDs being Off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] (See the “idrive Control Center Manual” for instructions on how to IMPORT the events into the Base Station with the USB stick)

'''OR'''
* If set in the Control Center, The X1 device will record events after the ignition is turned OFF.
**Left LED Off and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)'''(See Sleep Mode Below)'''
----
'''WARNING:''' Do not unplug the idrive USB Stick during the transfer [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green), as it may damage internal flash memory in the
idrive device or the USB Stick.
----

====Sleep Mode====

After the ignition is turned Off and the Transfer Mode is complete (either WiFi or USB) the Left Red LED will flash (OFF-ON-OFF) and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)

This device is now in Sleep Mode. The duration of Sleep Mode (before turning off) is set in the Control Center per device.

During Sleep Mode, if an event takes place that is enabled for a specific Device (e.g. Shock Event, Door Event, Panic Event, other Wire Event) the left LED will turn RED, and the Right LED will remain Green for the duration of the Event as set in the Control Panel for that device.

* Once the timer has expired for Sleep Mode, the idrive device will turn both LEDs Off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]]

==Idrive Event Types==
===G-Force (Shock) Event===

By default the idrive device will save video from 8 seconds before the event to 8 seconds after the event trigger (16 seconds total). (G-Force levels and default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Door Open Event===

When a door is opened, the idrive device will record from 5 seconds before the event to 5 seconds after the event (10 seconds total). The idrive device uses the existing circuitry of the automobile to detect that the door has been opened. The download of door open events may be disabled in the control center. Door events that are not downloaded from the device will be deleted from the device after 3 days.

===Wireless Panic Event===

By default when the wireless panic button is pressed, the device will save 15 seconds prior to and 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Wired Panic Event===

By default when a wired panic button is pressed, the idrive device will save from 15 seconds before the event to 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Alarm Event===

By default when the wireless panic button is pressed, the idrive device will save from 15 seconds before the event to 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

The video together with the G-Force values, the GPS coordinates, date and time form an “Idrive Event File”. The Event File is saved on an internal flash memory.

===Basic LED behavior===

[[File:LED behavior.JPG|900px|]]

===Understanding GPS===

----
'''NOTE:''' On the very first use, the idrive X2 unit must be outside of a garage for up to 10 minutes to acquire a line of sight GPS signal and become fully functional. The idrive device’s internal Date and Time are obtained from GPS. Vehicle speed is calculated by the GPS coordinates as are the mapping functions. Events will record during this time without GPS information.
----

*GPS used for commercial purposes inherently has the average range error of more than 5 meters. Near buildings, underground, underpasses, or roadside trees, the range error may be more than 15 meters.

* For GPS to triangulate the location of the vehicle there must be signals received from 3 of the 4 satellites “visible” in the sky. (GPS is line of sight). It can take some time in the open for this to happen.

* A certain amount of time is needed from when the engine of a vehicle is started until GPS satellite reception begins, and this time may vary depending on weather and environmental conditions.

* Do not use GPS with other products that send electromagnetic waves or that use GPS. This may reduce the performance of the GPS reception in this product.

* Depending on GPS satellite reception, the accuracy of the mapping may not always show the shape of the road or a current location. Some examples of conditions that may affect GPS performance might include: Tall buildings, tree canopies, overpasses tunnels etc.

 

===Driver ID Operation===

At ignition start the green LED on the drive ID button will flash green and produce a beeping sound letting the driver know it is ready to receive his/her Identity.

The driver should place his/her unique driver key into the circular slot on the Driver ID Button.

::* The beeping and the LED flashing will automatically stop after the Driver ID has processed the Identity given by the unique driver key.

::* If the driver changes and the ignition had not been turned off, the new driver can ID himself with his/her own unique key without having to turn the ignition off and on again.

::* All the events that will be recorded on the camera will be assigned to the driver that has used his/her assigned unique driver key last.

::* If the new driver does not ID him/herself the Driver ID will continue using the identity from the previous driver.

'''Note:''' The Driver ID will continue beeping and the LED flashing bright green until the driver has connected his/her own unique driver key.

 

==Appendix A : Specifications==

[[File:X2_electrical_Specifications.JPG|900px|]]

===Idrive PowerUp Electrical specifications===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!PowerUP Specifications ||
|-
| Input || 12-24 VDC Vehicles, Nominal Charging: 13.8-14.4 VDC for 12VDC, To Prevent Discharge: 13.4 -14.4 VDC
12-24 VDC Vehicles, Nominal Charging: 27.6-28.8 VDC for 24VDC, To Prevent Discharge: 27.6-28.8 VDC
|-
|Output || Voltage Spike Protected, according to ISO7637-2 with Capacitors providing consistent power for up to 15 seconds for X1P/X2 and other small devices. .7A is normal operating draw for Xseries products permitting up to 1.5A for short periods of time.
|-
|Max Current || PowerUp is designed to support a single device. Max Peak current consumption is 2 amps. PowerUp is not designed to operate at Peak for prolonged periods of time and will cause failure
|-
|Back-Up Power || 12.5 VDC Nominal for connected Devices
Up to 0.84F Back-Up Capacitance
X1P or X2 for up to Fifteen (15) Seconds
|-
|Capacitor Life || 0.84F Capacitance, 4-5 Years Typical Life - Replaceable
|-
|Voltage Spike Protection || 12/24 VDC Vehicle Surge and Spike, up to 87V for 0.4 seconds, according to ISO7637-2
|-
|Operating Temperature || 0-50˚C
|-
|Size and Weight || L: 6” , W : 2” H : 1.6”
Weight: TBD
|-
|}

File:X2 wired panic button2.jpg

2015-01-24T17:47:07Z

Jeff:

Idrive X2 Installation and Operation Guide

2015-01-24T17:46:41Z

Jeff: /* Wired Panic Button */

==Copyright information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.
Copyright © 2015 Idrive Inc.

This product incorporates copyright protection technology. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Idrive Inc. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.

==Warnings==

----
'''Please read the following carefully regarding proper use of the product and ensuring the user’s safety.'''
----

1. Use the idrive device only for its intended purpose.

2. Do not disassemble, attempt to repair, or alter the idrive device. When malfunctions, errors, or other damage is found to be attributable to a user, said user may not be eligible for after sale service.

3. When cleaning the inside of a vehicle, do not spray water or any other cleaning product directly onto the idrive device. It may cause damage, fire, or electric shock.

4. Keep the idrive device away from chemicals or detergents as they may change the surface of the product or ruin internal components.

5. Do not insert any foreign objects into the idrive device. Severe impact, shock, or other foreign matter may cause damage to the idrive device.

6. When foreign matter blocks the lens, normal operation is impossible. Always ensure that the lens is free of any contaminants or obstruction. Other objects placed around the camera may be reflected off of the window and included in the image, so please do not leave unnecessary objects around the idrive device.

7. The product will not operate properly if its position changes. Make sure the product is installed securely and do not expose the device to excessive shock. Do not move the device after installation.

8. Staring at or operating the product while driving is dangerous and may cause an accident.

9. Keep the product away from excessively humid or salty environments.

10. This product uses high definition cameras. Sudden changes in light levels, such as entering or exiting a tunnel, may result in temporary image quality degradation. Excessive or insufficient light may also degrade image quality.

11. Excessively tinted windshields may result in poorly defined or distorted images.

'''12. Use ONLY the supplied cable to connect the idrive device to the power source, and only as directed in the manual. This product should be connected only to the power inside a vehicle. Any other power source is unacceptable and may cause malfunction or fire and may render the idrive device ineligible for after sale service.'''

13. If power to the idrive device is lost (i.e due to an accident), an image may not be recorded.

 

==Idrive X2 Basics==

===X2 Camera===

[[File:X2_Camera_all_Views.jpg|800px|]]

===Accesories===

====Power Harness====

[[File:X2_Power_Harness.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Used to Supply power and event triggers from the vehicle to the X2 Device. The kit comes with the wire harness, Fuse holder and Fuse.

 

====Wired Panic Button====

[[File:X2_wired_panic_button2.jpg|thumb|350px|]]

Words

 

===Optional Accesories===

====Driver ID====

[[File:X2_DriveID.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

words

 

====Idrive PowerUP====

[[File:PowerUP.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

The optional Idrive PowerUp protects electronics from voltage spikes, power surges, momentary power losses, abrupt voltage changes and noise interference on incoming DC power to Mobile Video Recording Electronics prone to memory loss or "crashes"

The Idrive PowerUp is a solid state device which provides "pure" power to Mobile Video Recording electronics by performing several essential functions.

1) Voltage Spike Protection: Engine cranking, pump and motor operation send
voltage "spikes" through a vehicle’s electrical system that often "bulldoze" their
way through the electronic circuitry. Idrive PowerUp eliminates this.

2) Backup Power: A group of Super capacitors that sum a minimum of 0.84F pack is built in the power conditioner, which acts as a power reservoir and is charged from the cars 12/24VDC charging network by using a step-down to 12.5VDC converter. In the event of a drop in DC voltage due to engine cranking or total power interruption, the Capacitors will maintain power to X1P or X2 equipment for a short period of time. This is essential for preventing memory and data loss.

3) Warning of Imminent Loss of Power and Over Voltages: An Error signal is generated over the Error brown wire and it can be used for triggering an event or counting the voltage errors over a period of time.

 

==Installation Instructions==

 

===X2 Camera Installation===

====Before you start====

* Read this installation guide completely before beginning the installation.

* Ensure the idrive Base Station and wireless access point(s) are working. This is so you can test the camera installation and so the cameras do not fill up with events.

* Before installation, check the contents of the package and make sure all parts are accounted for and in good condition.

* Since part of the installation process is setting the angle of the device, it is important to choose a workspace where the vehicle is level and stable, and can remain so throughout the installation.

* Ensure that the mounting location chosen for the device will not interfere with the driver’s line of sight when operating the vehicle.

* Use the included installation hardware to make sure that the wiring for the system is secure, and will not interfere with the safe operation of the vehicle

----
'''NOTE: The idrive units should only be installed by a qualified technician.'''
----
 

====Select the mounting location====

The proper location for mounting the X2 device is on the top center of the windshield. Ensure that:

::* Top center of the windshield

::* Mount the camera vertically

::* The lens must have an unobstructed view of the interior and the device must not interfere with the driver’s field of view.

[[File:Correct_mounting Position.jpg|500px|]] '''Correct Positioning'''
 
Permits clear view from the idrive device to the occupant cabin, unobstructed by the rear view mirror
 
[[File:Too high.jpg|500px|]] '''Too High'''
 
Blocks the driver and occupants faces showing eye and head positions during events
 
[[File:Too low.jpg|500px|]] '''Too Low'''
 
Reduces cabin view and low hand placement during events. Also places forward viewing camera too low to the front hood reducing field of vision during events.
 
[[File:Wrong Angle.jpg|500px|]] '''Wrong Angle'''
 
Obscures horizon for front viewing and cabin viewing cameras and reduces field of vision at outer edges of the event
 

====Mounting of the X2 Device====
[[File: X2mountingBracket.jpg|frame|x250px|right|alt=Alt text|X2 Mounting Bracket]]
[[File: X2mountingArm.jpg|frame|x250px|right|alt=Alt text|X2 Camera (backside)]]
----
'''WARNING:''' The adhesive is very sticky. Once applied to the windshield, it will not come off easily. See page 21 for bracket removal instructions.

----

Install the mounting bracket

* Separate the X2 camera from the mounting bracket by removing the hex screw.

* Clean the installation area on the inside of the windshield using an alcohol wipe and wait until the windshield is completely dry. Make sure the glass is clean, dry and the air temperature is at least 50oF (10oC).

* Position the bracket with the '''mounting notch facing upward'''. Hold the X2 camera up to the bracket to confirm that the unit will hang vertically in the appropriate fashion in relation to the review mirror (as explained above). Mark this position with masking tape or a pencil.

* Remove the liner from the foam tape.

* Start by placing only the top edge of the bracket against the windshield, aligned with the guide marks.

* Press the bracket firmly against the windshield starting at the top and pressing the side downward. (Do not apply excessive pressure as it may cause the windshield to break)

* Make sure there are no large air bubbles under the bracket. You may need to (carefully) apply additional pressure to the bracket and remove any large air bubbles. Use a small pin to create an escape path for the air if the problem is persistent.

* Remove the tape, or markings using an alcohol wipe.

 

Install the X2 Camera into the bracket

* Insert the nut into one of the hex-shaped holes in the bracket and hold it inside with a finger. Verify the nut fits flush with the hole, and is not sitting at an angle.

* Align the mounting arm and notch on the camera and bracket, respectively, so that the camera hangs vertically.

* Insert the bolt into the opposite hex-shaped hole as the nut, and turn until tight. As long as you hold the nut inside with a finger, it should catch and turn down to the bottom.

::* NOTE: once the bolt is inserted, the camera's position is rigid. The bolt must be removed completely if the position is to be altered.

 

====Route the Idrive X2 Power Cable====
 
----
'''WARNING:''' When installing the Idrive X2 Cable in a vehicle with side or curtain airbags, be certain that neither the cable nor your installation activities interfere with any airbag related mechanisms or might otherwise affect airbag deployment.
----

Starting just above the rear view mirror, route the cable under the window trim or headliner across to the door pillar.

Route the cable down the door pillar underneath the vertical door / window trim.

Route the cable out from underneath the trim and under the dashboard.

'''Note:''' You may need to remove the trim to route the cable. When reinstalling, be careful not to damage the trim clips or the cable. Keep the cable away from sharp edges and moving parts.

[[File:x2_Interior.jpg]]

 

====Idrive X2 Wiring Diagram====

 
The Idrive X2 Cable is 14 feet long with a 6PIN connector at one end. One end of the cable - the 6PIN connector- plugs into the idrive device. It is then routed and secured under the dashboard.

The routing of the power cable will vary greatly depending on vehicle type. Choose a routing that will work the best for your particular application.

'''Attach the wires to the sources in the vehicle as shown below:'''

[[File:cable_legend.jpg|600px|]]

'''Required Connections'''

There are 3 required connections for the idrive device to function properly.

* Connect the BLACK WIRE to negative or to a clean GROUND.

* The RED power wire must be connected through the supplied fuse to a continuous +12V power source. This power must never shut off for proper device function.

* The WHITE ignition wire must be connected through the supplied fuse to a 12V power source that is ignition switched. This wire tells the camera to boot up or to enter transfer mode to download events.

'''Optional Connections'''

There are 3 optional wire connections which when properly connected, will trigger an event on the idrive device. The description of the usage shown is suggested however each wire may be connected to the trigger point of your choice so long as electrical parameters are met. If you chose not to use the optional wires ensure that they are secured properly to prevent shorting.

* Connect the GREEN wire to an Alarm Button (or trigger method of your choice).(This wire requires a 0V to 12V RISING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration)

* Connect the YELLOW wire to a Door Open (or trigger method of your choice).(This wire requires a 0V to 12V FALLING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration)

* Connect the BLUE wire to a Wired Panic Button (or trigger method of your choice). (This wire requires a MOMENTARY 0V FALLING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration.) e.g. a momentary ground through the wired panic button.

 

====Test Cable Connections====

'''IMPORTANT!''' Use a voltmeter to verify the proper connection of each wire prior to plugging into the idrive device.
 

====Plug the cable into the Device====

[[File:plug2.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Wired Panic Button Installation===

Installation

# Choose the location to mount the Wired Panic Button carefully
* ''Listed below are just a few scenarios when the location for the wired Panic Button:''
** Is the location for driver access within or outside of visual range
** Is the location for driver access within or outside of arms reach
** Is the location potentially hazardous to safe vehicle operation
** If hidden, (e.g. in a glove box or under a seat) accidental activation may occur due to movement of clip boards or miscellaneous in-cab utilities
** An exposed Panic Button may call to much attention to itself
** If surface mounted, you have the option to route the wiring to exit through the side or the back of the Wired Panic Button housing
** You may wish to install more than one Wired Panic Button (wired in parallel)
# After mounting the Wired Panic Button, route the cable safely toward the location that you terminated the cable harness from the idrive device
# Connect the Black wire from the Wired Panic Button to the same ground location that you terminated the Black Ground wire from the idrive device
# Securely connect the Red wire from Wired Panic Button to the Blue wire from the idrive Camera harness using either a wire nut, solder, or other wire connector
# Check that all connections are correct using a voltmeter
# Provide proper electrical insulation against short circuits using shrink tubing and/or electrical tape
# '''Suspend any unused cable out of reach and from possible abrasion with cable-ties or electrical tape

'''Note: if more than one Wired Panic Button is to be installed, simply parallel all Black wires from the Panic button to ground and parallel all Red wires from each Wired Panic Button to the Blue wire on the idrive Camera Harness as in items 3 and 4'''

 

===Driver ID Installation===

Route the cable under the window trim or headliner across to the door pillar as with the power cable.

Route the cable out from underneath the trim and affix the Button to the dashboard using the double sided tape.

Position the Driver ID in the vehicle cabin where it is easy to reach and it won’t affect the driver’s performance.

Plug the Driver ID into the back of the camera using the Driver ID connector.

[[File:x2_Interior_driverID.jpg]]

 

===Idrive PowerUp Installation===

Determine the best mounting location for the PowerUp in the vehicle. A suitable location:

:* flat interior surface (Powerup Is not weather resistant)

:* Located so that the Idrive Device Power cable can reach it.

PowerUp may be mounted using double sided tape or Zip-ties

Idrive PowerUp is installed between the Idrive camera and the Vehicle

====New vehicle Installation====

Mount the PowerUp

Connect the idrive camera power harness to "camera" side of the PowerUp using the supplied crimp connectors. (the wire colors on the PowerUp match the colors of the idrive power harness.

Connect "car" side of the PowerUp to the vehicle

Install the fuse

====Adding to Existing Installation====

Remove all power to the idrive device

Cut the idrive power harness and strip all 12 wire ends.

Splice the PowerUp in series using the supplied crimp connectors

Restore power connections to the idrive device.

 

===Uninstalling an X2 device===

* Unplug the power cable from the camera by pressing down on the connector locking tab and carefully pulling the cable out.

* Unplug the Driver ID cable by gently pulling the cable towards the windshield.

'''Important''' do not pull on the camera to remove the bracket from the windshield!

* Unscrew the fastener securing the camera to the windshield bracket and remove the camera.

* Remove the bracket from the windshield – use a label-off product and carefully pull the bracket from the windshield. Note: If you are returning the device for repair or replacement, skip this step.

 

==Idrive X2 Operation==

===Modes of Operation===

The idrive X2 device has three major modes of operation:

====Event Monitoring Mode====

Initially after ignition energizing, the idrive device will display (Red/Green LEDs) for approximately 30 seconds during initialization. The Event Monitoring Mode will then start when the camera is fully initialized [[File:Greenb.JPG|60px]]
(Green/Green LEDs)

* The idrive device will be continually recording but not saving data

* When an event occurs the device will save data to internal memory

::- Starting from a time interval prior to the event trigger

::- Ending at a time interval after the event trigger

::- The time interval is set in the idrive Control Center

* If set in the Control Center, the idrive device will display a Left RED Event LED(Red/Green LEDs) for the duration of that event.

 

====Transfer Mode (WiFi or USB)====

 

The idrive device enters Transfer Mode when the vehicle’s ignition switch is turned OFF [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Amber/Green LEDs).

The transfer of events to the idrive Base Station can be done with either the built in WiFi network (Default) or with the supplied mini-USB Stick.

=====Wifi events transfer=====

The device will search for the idrive wireless network [[File:Flashing.JPG|120px]](Flashing Amber/ Solid Green LEDs)

* The idrive device will attempt to make a connection 15 times over approximately 3.5 minutes

* When the idrive device is able to successfully connect to the idrive wireless network [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs) it will begin downloading all recorded events to the idrive Base Station

* Once all of the event data has been successfully transferred, the idrive device will shut [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] off (Both LEDs Off)

'''OR'''

* If it cannot connect within that time period the idrive device will shut off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] (Both LEDs Off)

'''OR'''
* If set in the Control Center, The X1 device will record events after the ignition is turned OFF.
**Left LED Off and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)'''(See Sleep Mode Below)'''

=====USB Stick events transfer=====

Two methods to insert the USB properly Ignition ON or Ignition OFF

Ignition ON

* Make sure the LEDs are Green Green

* Insert the USB stick into the left side of the camera having the gold fingers on the USB stick facing away from you

* Make sure you wait more than 60 seconds prior to the ignition switch being turned off

* USB transfer will begin [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs)

- The camera will not search for the idrive wireless network

'''OR'''

Ignition OFF
* Make sure the LEDs are OFF Green or OFF OFF

* Insert the USB stick into the left side of the camera having the gold fingers on the USB stick facing away from you

* Turn the Ignition ON and let the Camera Boot up to Green Green

* Wait 30 seconds and turn the Ignition OFF

* USB transfer will begin [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs)

- The camera will not search for the idrive wireless network

----
'''Note:''' The USB Stick '''MUST HAVE''' your idrive.cert file on it to be authorized (this prevents unauthorized download of events)

'''Note:''' The USB stick '''MUST NOT''' be removed prior to transfer completion or data loss may occur
----

* Completion is indicated by both LEDs being Off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] (See the “idrive Control Center Manual” for instructions on how to IMPORT the events into the Base Station with the USB stick)

'''OR'''
* If set in the Control Center, The X1 device will record events after the ignition is turned OFF.
**Left LED Off and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)'''(See Sleep Mode Below)'''
----
'''WARNING:''' Do not unplug the idrive USB Stick during the transfer [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green), as it may damage internal flash memory in the
idrive device or the USB Stick.
----

====Sleep Mode====

After the ignition is turned Off and the Transfer Mode is complete (either WiFi or USB) the Left Red LED will flash (OFF-ON-OFF) and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)

This device is now in Sleep Mode. The duration of Sleep Mode (before turning off) is set in the Control Center per device.

During Sleep Mode, if an event takes place that is enabled for a specific Device (e.g. Shock Event, Door Event, Panic Event, other Wire Event) the left LED will turn RED, and the Right LED will remain Green for the duration of the Event as set in the Control Panel for that device.

* Once the timer has expired for Sleep Mode, the idrive device will turn both LEDs Off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]]

==Idrive Event Types==
===G-Force (Shock) Event===

By default the idrive device will save video from 8 seconds before the event to 8 seconds after the event trigger (16 seconds total). (G-Force levels and default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Door Open Event===

When a door is opened, the idrive device will record from 5 seconds before the event to 5 seconds after the event (10 seconds total). The idrive device uses the existing circuitry of the automobile to detect that the door has been opened. The download of door open events may be disabled in the control center. Door events that are not downloaded from the device will be deleted from the device after 3 days.

===Wireless Panic Event===

By default when the wireless panic button is pressed, the device will save 15 seconds prior to and 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Wired Panic Event===

By default when a wired panic button is pressed, the idrive device will save from 15 seconds before the event to 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Alarm Event===

By default when the wireless panic button is pressed, the idrive device will save from 15 seconds before the event to 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

The video together with the G-Force values, the GPS coordinates, date and time form an “Idrive Event File”. The Event File is saved on an internal flash memory.

===Basic LED behavior===

[[File:LED behavior.JPG|900px|]]

===Understanding GPS===

----
'''NOTE:''' On the very first use, the idrive X2 unit must be outside of a garage for up to 10 minutes to acquire a line of sight GPS signal and become fully functional. The idrive device’s internal Date and Time are obtained from GPS. Vehicle speed is calculated by the GPS coordinates as are the mapping functions. Events will record during this time without GPS information.
----

*GPS used for commercial purposes inherently has the average range error of more than 5 meters. Near buildings, underground, underpasses, or roadside trees, the range error may be more than 15 meters.

* For GPS to triangulate the location of the vehicle there must be signals received from 3 of the 4 satellites “visible” in the sky. (GPS is line of sight). It can take some time in the open for this to happen.

* A certain amount of time is needed from when the engine of a vehicle is started until GPS satellite reception begins, and this time may vary depending on weather and environmental conditions.

* Do not use GPS with other products that send electromagnetic waves or that use GPS. This may reduce the performance of the GPS reception in this product.

* Depending on GPS satellite reception, the accuracy of the mapping may not always show the shape of the road or a current location. Some examples of conditions that may affect GPS performance might include: Tall buildings, tree canopies, overpasses tunnels etc.

 

===Driver ID Operation===

At ignition start the green LED on the drive ID button will flash green and produce a beeping sound letting the driver know it is ready to receive his/her Identity.

The driver should place his/her unique driver key into the circular slot on the Driver ID Button.

::* The beeping and the LED flashing will automatically stop after the Driver ID has processed the Identity given by the unique driver key.

::* If the driver changes and the ignition had not been turned off, the new driver can ID himself with his/her own unique key without having to turn the ignition off and on again.

::* All the events that will be recorded on the camera will be assigned to the driver that has used his/her assigned unique driver key last.

::* If the new driver does not ID him/herself the Driver ID will continue using the identity from the previous driver.

'''Note:''' The Driver ID will continue beeping and the LED flashing bright green until the driver has connected his/her own unique driver key.

 

==Appendix A : Specifications==

[[File:X2_electrical_Specifications.JPG|900px|]]

===Idrive PowerUp Electrical specifications===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!PowerUP Specifications ||
|-
| Input || 12-24 VDC Vehicles, Nominal Charging: 13.8-14.4 VDC for 12VDC, To Prevent Discharge: 13.4 -14.4 VDC
12-24 VDC Vehicles, Nominal Charging: 27.6-28.8 VDC for 24VDC, To Prevent Discharge: 27.6-28.8 VDC
|-
|Output || Voltage Spike Protected, according to ISO7637-2 with Capacitors providing consistent power for up to 15 seconds for X1P/X2 and other small devices. .7A is normal operating draw for Xseries products permitting up to 1.5A for short periods of time.
|-
|Max Current || PowerUp is designed to support a single device. Max Peak current consumption is 2 amps. PowerUp is not designed to operate at Peak for prolonged periods of time and will cause failure
|-
|Back-Up Power || 12.5 VDC Nominal for connected Devices
Up to 0.84F Back-Up Capacitance
X1P or X2 for up to Fifteen (15) Seconds
|-
|Capacitor Life || 0.84F Capacitance, 4-5 Years Typical Life - Replaceable
|-
|Voltage Spike Protection || 12/24 VDC Vehicle Surge and Spike, up to 87V for 0.4 seconds, according to ISO7637-2
|-
|Operating Temperature || 0-50˚C
|-
|Size and Weight || L: 6” , W : 2” H : 1.6”
Weight: TBD
|-
|}

Idrive X2 Installation and Operation Guide

2015-01-24T17:42:37Z

Jeff: /* Wired Panic Button */

==Copyright information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.
Copyright © 2015 Idrive Inc.

This product incorporates copyright protection technology. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Idrive Inc. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice.

==Warnings==

----
'''Please read the following carefully regarding proper use of the product and ensuring the user’s safety.'''
----

1. Use the idrive device only for its intended purpose.

2. Do not disassemble, attempt to repair, or alter the idrive device. When malfunctions, errors, or other damage is found to be attributable to a user, said user may not be eligible for after sale service.

3. When cleaning the inside of a vehicle, do not spray water or any other cleaning product directly onto the idrive device. It may cause damage, fire, or electric shock.

4. Keep the idrive device away from chemicals or detergents as they may change the surface of the product or ruin internal components.

5. Do not insert any foreign objects into the idrive device. Severe impact, shock, or other foreign matter may cause damage to the idrive device.

6. When foreign matter blocks the lens, normal operation is impossible. Always ensure that the lens is free of any contaminants or obstruction. Other objects placed around the camera may be reflected off of the window and included in the image, so please do not leave unnecessary objects around the idrive device.

7. The product will not operate properly if its position changes. Make sure the product is installed securely and do not expose the device to excessive shock. Do not move the device after installation.

8. Staring at or operating the product while driving is dangerous and may cause an accident.

9. Keep the product away from excessively humid or salty environments.

10. This product uses high definition cameras. Sudden changes in light levels, such as entering or exiting a tunnel, may result in temporary image quality degradation. Excessive or insufficient light may also degrade image quality.

11. Excessively tinted windshields may result in poorly defined or distorted images.

'''12. Use ONLY the supplied cable to connect the idrive device to the power source, and only as directed in the manual. This product should be connected only to the power inside a vehicle. Any other power source is unacceptable and may cause malfunction or fire and may render the idrive device ineligible for after sale service.'''

13. If power to the idrive device is lost (i.e due to an accident), an image may not be recorded.

 

==Idrive X2 Basics==

===X2 Camera===

[[File:X2_Camera_all_Views.jpg|800px|]]

===Accesories===

====Power Harness====

[[File:X2_Power_Harness.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Used to Supply power and event triggers from the vehicle to the X2 Device. The kit comes with the wire harness, Fuse holder and Fuse.

 

====Wired Panic Button====

[[File:X2_wired_panic_button.jpg|thumb|350px|]]

Words

 

===Optional Accesories===

====Driver ID====

[[File:X2_DriveID.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

words

 

====Idrive PowerUP====

[[File:PowerUP.jpg|thumb|400px|]]

The optional Idrive PowerUp protects electronics from voltage spikes, power surges, momentary power losses, abrupt voltage changes and noise interference on incoming DC power to Mobile Video Recording Electronics prone to memory loss or "crashes"

The Idrive PowerUp is a solid state device which provides "pure" power to Mobile Video Recording electronics by performing several essential functions.

1) Voltage Spike Protection: Engine cranking, pump and motor operation send
voltage "spikes" through a vehicle’s electrical system that often "bulldoze" their
way through the electronic circuitry. Idrive PowerUp eliminates this.

2) Backup Power: A group of Super capacitors that sum a minimum of 0.84F pack is built in the power conditioner, which acts as a power reservoir and is charged from the cars 12/24VDC charging network by using a step-down to 12.5VDC converter. In the event of a drop in DC voltage due to engine cranking or total power interruption, the Capacitors will maintain power to X1P or X2 equipment for a short period of time. This is essential for preventing memory and data loss.

3) Warning of Imminent Loss of Power and Over Voltages: An Error signal is generated over the Error brown wire and it can be used for triggering an event or counting the voltage errors over a period of time.

 

==Installation Instructions==

 

===X2 Camera Installation===

====Before you start====

* Read this installation guide completely before beginning the installation.

* Ensure the idrive Base Station and wireless access point(s) are working. This is so you can test the camera installation and so the cameras do not fill up with events.

* Before installation, check the contents of the package and make sure all parts are accounted for and in good condition.

* Since part of the installation process is setting the angle of the device, it is important to choose a workspace where the vehicle is level and stable, and can remain so throughout the installation.

* Ensure that the mounting location chosen for the device will not interfere with the driver’s line of sight when operating the vehicle.

* Use the included installation hardware to make sure that the wiring for the system is secure, and will not interfere with the safe operation of the vehicle

----
'''NOTE: The idrive units should only be installed by a qualified technician.'''
----
 

====Select the mounting location====

The proper location for mounting the X2 device is on the top center of the windshield. Ensure that:

::* Top center of the windshield

::* Mount the camera vertically

::* The lens must have an unobstructed view of the interior and the device must not interfere with the driver’s field of view.

[[File:Correct_mounting Position.jpg|500px|]] '''Correct Positioning'''
 
Permits clear view from the idrive device to the occupant cabin, unobstructed by the rear view mirror
 
[[File:Too high.jpg|500px|]] '''Too High'''
 
Blocks the driver and occupants faces showing eye and head positions during events
 
[[File:Too low.jpg|500px|]] '''Too Low'''
 
Reduces cabin view and low hand placement during events. Also places forward viewing camera too low to the front hood reducing field of vision during events.
 
[[File:Wrong Angle.jpg|500px|]] '''Wrong Angle'''
 
Obscures horizon for front viewing and cabin viewing cameras and reduces field of vision at outer edges of the event
 

====Mounting of the X2 Device====
[[File: X2mountingBracket.jpg|frame|x250px|right|alt=Alt text|X2 Mounting Bracket]]
[[File: X2mountingArm.jpg|frame|x250px|right|alt=Alt text|X2 Camera (backside)]]
----
'''WARNING:''' The adhesive is very sticky. Once applied to the windshield, it will not come off easily. See page 21 for bracket removal instructions.

----

Install the mounting bracket

* Separate the X2 camera from the mounting bracket by removing the hex screw.

* Clean the installation area on the inside of the windshield using an alcohol wipe and wait until the windshield is completely dry. Make sure the glass is clean, dry and the air temperature is at least 50oF (10oC).

* Position the bracket with the '''mounting notch facing upward'''. Hold the X2 camera up to the bracket to confirm that the unit will hang vertically in the appropriate fashion in relation to the review mirror (as explained above). Mark this position with masking tape or a pencil.

* Remove the liner from the foam tape.

* Start by placing only the top edge of the bracket against the windshield, aligned with the guide marks.

* Press the bracket firmly against the windshield starting at the top and pressing the side downward. (Do not apply excessive pressure as it may cause the windshield to break)

* Make sure there are no large air bubbles under the bracket. You may need to (carefully) apply additional pressure to the bracket and remove any large air bubbles. Use a small pin to create an escape path for the air if the problem is persistent.

* Remove the tape, or markings using an alcohol wipe.

 

Install the X2 Camera into the bracket

* Insert the nut into one of the hex-shaped holes in the bracket and hold it inside with a finger. Verify the nut fits flush with the hole, and is not sitting at an angle.

* Align the mounting arm and notch on the camera and bracket, respectively, so that the camera hangs vertically.

* Insert the bolt into the opposite hex-shaped hole as the nut, and turn until tight. As long as you hold the nut inside with a finger, it should catch and turn down to the bottom.

::* NOTE: once the bolt is inserted, the camera's position is rigid. The bolt must be removed completely if the position is to be altered.

 

====Route the Idrive X2 Power Cable====
 
----
'''WARNING:''' When installing the Idrive X2 Cable in a vehicle with side or curtain airbags, be certain that neither the cable nor your installation activities interfere with any airbag related mechanisms or might otherwise affect airbag deployment.
----

Starting just above the rear view mirror, route the cable under the window trim or headliner across to the door pillar.

Route the cable down the door pillar underneath the vertical door / window trim.

Route the cable out from underneath the trim and under the dashboard.

'''Note:''' You may need to remove the trim to route the cable. When reinstalling, be careful not to damage the trim clips or the cable. Keep the cable away from sharp edges and moving parts.

[[File:x2_Interior.jpg]]

 

====Idrive X2 Wiring Diagram====

 
The Idrive X2 Cable is 14 feet long with a 6PIN connector at one end. One end of the cable - the 6PIN connector- plugs into the idrive device. It is then routed and secured under the dashboard.

The routing of the power cable will vary greatly depending on vehicle type. Choose a routing that will work the best for your particular application.

'''Attach the wires to the sources in the vehicle as shown below:'''

[[File:cable_legend.jpg|600px|]]

'''Required Connections'''

There are 3 required connections for the idrive device to function properly.

* Connect the BLACK WIRE to negative or to a clean GROUND.

* The RED power wire must be connected through the supplied fuse to a continuous +12V power source. This power must never shut off for proper device function.

* The WHITE ignition wire must be connected through the supplied fuse to a 12V power source that is ignition switched. This wire tells the camera to boot up or to enter transfer mode to download events.

'''Optional Connections'''

There are 3 optional wire connections which when properly connected, will trigger an event on the idrive device. The description of the usage shown is suggested however each wire may be connected to the trigger point of your choice so long as electrical parameters are met. If you chose not to use the optional wires ensure that they are secured properly to prevent shorting.

* Connect the GREEN wire to an Alarm Button (or trigger method of your choice).(This wire requires a 0V to 12V RISING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration)

* Connect the YELLOW wire to a Door Open (or trigger method of your choice).(This wire requires a 0V to 12V FALLING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration)

* Connect the BLUE wire to a Wired Panic Button (or trigger method of your choice). (This wire requires a MOMENTARY 0V FALLING edge level transition pulse of at least 50ms duration.) e.g. a momentary ground through the wired panic button.

 

====Test Cable Connections====

'''IMPORTANT!''' Use a voltmeter to verify the proper connection of each wire prior to plugging into the idrive device.
 

====Plug the cable into the Device====

[[File:plug2.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Wired Panic Button Installation===

Installation

# Choose the location to mount the Wired Panic Button carefully
* ''Listed below are just a few scenarios when the location for the wired Panic Button:''
** Is the location for driver access within or outside of visual range
** Is the location for driver access within or outside of arms reach
** Is the location potentially hazardous to safe vehicle operation
** If hidden, (e.g. in a glove box or under a seat) accidental activation may occur due to movement of clip boards or miscellaneous in-cab utilities
** An exposed Panic Button may call to much attention to itself
** If surface mounted, you have the option to route the wiring to exit through the side or the back of the Wired Panic Button housing
** You may wish to install more than one Wired Panic Button (wired in parallel)
# After mounting the Wired Panic Button, route the cable safely toward the location that you terminated the cable harness from the idrive device
# Connect the Black wire from the Wired Panic Button to the same ground location that you terminated the Black Ground wire from the idrive device
# Securely connect the Red wire from Wired Panic Button to the Blue wire from the idrive Camera harness using either a wire nut, solder, or other wire connector
# Check that all connections are correct using a voltmeter
# Provide proper electrical insulation against short circuits using shrink tubing and/or electrical tape
# '''Suspend any unused cable out of reach and from possible abrasion with cable-ties or electrical tape

'''Note: if more than one Wired Panic Button is to be installed, simply parallel all Black wires from the Panic button to ground and parallel all Red wires from each Wired Panic Button to the Blue wire on the idrive Camera Harness as in items 3 and 4'''

 

===Driver ID Installation===

Route the cable under the window trim or headliner across to the door pillar as with the power cable.

Route the cable out from underneath the trim and affix the Button to the dashboard using the double sided tape.

Position the Driver ID in the vehicle cabin where it is easy to reach and it won’t affect the driver’s performance.

Plug the Driver ID into the back of the camera using the Driver ID connector.

[[File:x2_Interior_driverID.jpg]]

 

===Idrive PowerUp Installation===

Determine the best mounting location for the PowerUp in the vehicle. A suitable location:

:* flat interior surface (Powerup Is not weather resistant)

:* Located so that the Idrive Device Power cable can reach it.

PowerUp may be mounted using double sided tape or Zip-ties

Idrive PowerUp is installed between the Idrive camera and the Vehicle

====New vehicle Installation====

Mount the PowerUp

Connect the idrive camera power harness to "camera" side of the PowerUp using the supplied crimp connectors. (the wire colors on the PowerUp match the colors of the idrive power harness.

Connect "car" side of the PowerUp to the vehicle

Install the fuse

====Adding to Existing Installation====

Remove all power to the idrive device

Cut the idrive power harness and strip all 12 wire ends.

Splice the PowerUp in series using the supplied crimp connectors

Restore power connections to the idrive device.

 

===Uninstalling an X2 device===

* Unplug the power cable from the camera by pressing down on the connector locking tab and carefully pulling the cable out.

* Unplug the Driver ID cable by gently pulling the cable towards the windshield.

'''Important''' do not pull on the camera to remove the bracket from the windshield!

* Unscrew the fastener securing the camera to the windshield bracket and remove the camera.

* Remove the bracket from the windshield – use a label-off product and carefully pull the bracket from the windshield. Note: If you are returning the device for repair or replacement, skip this step.

 

==Idrive X2 Operation==

===Modes of Operation===

The idrive X2 device has three major modes of operation:

====Event Monitoring Mode====

Initially after ignition energizing, the idrive device will display (Red/Green LEDs) for approximately 30 seconds during initialization. The Event Monitoring Mode will then start when the camera is fully initialized [[File:Greenb.JPG|60px]]
(Green/Green LEDs)

* The idrive device will be continually recording but not saving data

* When an event occurs the device will save data to internal memory

::- Starting from a time interval prior to the event trigger

::- Ending at a time interval after the event trigger

::- The time interval is set in the idrive Control Center

* If set in the Control Center, the idrive device will display a Left RED Event LED(Red/Green LEDs) for the duration of that event.

 

====Transfer Mode (WiFi or USB)====

 

The idrive device enters Transfer Mode when the vehicle’s ignition switch is turned OFF [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Amber/Green LEDs).

The transfer of events to the idrive Base Station can be done with either the built in WiFi network (Default) or with the supplied mini-USB Stick.

=====Wifi events transfer=====

The device will search for the idrive wireless network [[File:Flashing.JPG|120px]](Flashing Amber/ Solid Green LEDs)

* The idrive device will attempt to make a connection 15 times over approximately 3.5 minutes

* When the idrive device is able to successfully connect to the idrive wireless network [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs) it will begin downloading all recorded events to the idrive Base Station

* Once all of the event data has been successfully transferred, the idrive device will shut [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] off (Both LEDs Off)

'''OR'''

* If it cannot connect within that time period the idrive device will shut off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] (Both LEDs Off)

'''OR'''
* If set in the Control Center, The X1 device will record events after the ignition is turned OFF.
**Left LED Off and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)'''(See Sleep Mode Below)'''

=====USB Stick events transfer=====

Two methods to insert the USB properly Ignition ON or Ignition OFF

Ignition ON

* Make sure the LEDs are Green Green

* Insert the USB stick into the left side of the camera having the gold fingers on the USB stick facing away from you

* Make sure you wait more than 60 seconds prior to the ignition switch being turned off

* USB transfer will begin [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs)

- The camera will not search for the idrive wireless network

'''OR'''

Ignition OFF
* Make sure the LEDs are OFF Green or OFF OFF

* Insert the USB stick into the left side of the camera having the gold fingers on the USB stick facing away from you

* Turn the Ignition ON and let the Camera Boot up to Green Green

* Wait 30 seconds and turn the Ignition OFF

* USB transfer will begin [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green LEDs)

- The camera will not search for the idrive wireless network

----
'''Note:''' The USB Stick '''MUST HAVE''' your idrive.cert file on it to be authorized (this prevents unauthorized download of events)

'''Note:''' The USB stick '''MUST NOT''' be removed prior to transfer completion or data loss may occur
----

* Completion is indicated by both LEDs being Off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]] (See the “idrive Control Center Manual” for instructions on how to IMPORT the events into the Base Station with the USB stick)

'''OR'''
* If set in the Control Center, The X1 device will record events after the ignition is turned OFF.
**Left LED Off and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)'''(See Sleep Mode Below)'''
----
'''WARNING:''' Do not unplug the idrive USB Stick during the transfer [[File:Amber.JPG|50px]](Solid Amber/Solid Green), as it may damage internal flash memory in the
idrive device or the USB Stick.
----

====Sleep Mode====

After the ignition is turned Off and the Transfer Mode is complete (either WiFi or USB) the Left Red LED will flash (OFF-ON-OFF) and the Right LED will remain steady Green [[File:Sleep.jpg|60px]] (Off/Green)

This device is now in Sleep Mode. The duration of Sleep Mode (before turning off) is set in the Control Center per device.

During Sleep Mode, if an event takes place that is enabled for a specific Device (e.g. Shock Event, Door Event, Panic Event, other Wire Event) the left LED will turn RED, and the Right LED will remain Green for the duration of the Event as set in the Control Panel for that device.

* Once the timer has expired for Sleep Mode, the idrive device will turn both LEDs Off [[File:Bothoff.JPG|50px]]

==Idrive Event Types==
===G-Force (Shock) Event===

By default the idrive device will save video from 8 seconds before the event to 8 seconds after the event trigger (16 seconds total). (G-Force levels and default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Door Open Event===

When a door is opened, the idrive device will record from 5 seconds before the event to 5 seconds after the event (10 seconds total). The idrive device uses the existing circuitry of the automobile to detect that the door has been opened. The download of door open events may be disabled in the control center. Door events that are not downloaded from the device will be deleted from the device after 3 days.

===Wireless Panic Event===

By default when the wireless panic button is pressed, the device will save 15 seconds prior to and 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Wired Panic Event===

By default when a wired panic button is pressed, the idrive device will save from 15 seconds before the event to 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

===Alarm Event===

By default when the wireless panic button is pressed, the idrive device will save from 15 seconds before the event to 15 seconds after the event trigger. (The default event lengths can be changed in the idrive Control Center.)

The video together with the G-Force values, the GPS coordinates, date and time form an “Idrive Event File”. The Event File is saved on an internal flash memory.

===Basic LED behavior===

[[File:LED behavior.JPG|900px|]]

===Understanding GPS===

----
'''NOTE:''' On the very first use, the idrive X2 unit must be outside of a garage for up to 10 minutes to acquire a line of sight GPS signal and become fully functional. The idrive device’s internal Date and Time are obtained from GPS. Vehicle speed is calculated by the GPS coordinates as are the mapping functions. Events will record during this time without GPS information.
----

*GPS used for commercial purposes inherently has the average range error of more than 5 meters. Near buildings, underground, underpasses, or roadside trees, the range error may be more than 15 meters.

* For GPS to triangulate the location of the vehicle there must be signals received from 3 of the 4 satellites “visible” in the sky. (GPS is line of sight). It can take some time in the open for this to happen.

* A certain amount of time is needed from when the engine of a vehicle is started until GPS satellite reception begins, and this time may vary depending on weather and environmental conditions.

* Do not use GPS with other products that send electromagnetic waves or that use GPS. This may reduce the performance of the GPS reception in this product.

* Depending on GPS satellite reception, the accuracy of the mapping may not always show the shape of the road or a current location. Some examples of conditions that may affect GPS performance might include: Tall buildings, tree canopies, overpasses tunnels etc.

 

===Driver ID Operation===

At ignition start the green LED on the drive ID button will flash green and produce a beeping sound letting the driver know it is ready to receive his/her Identity.

The driver should place his/her unique driver key into the circular slot on the Driver ID Button.

::* The beeping and the LED flashing will automatically stop after the Driver ID has processed the Identity given by the unique driver key.

::* If the driver changes and the ignition had not been turned off, the new driver can ID himself with his/her own unique key without having to turn the ignition off and on again.

::* All the events that will be recorded on the camera will be assigned to the driver that has used his/her assigned unique driver key last.

::* If the new driver does not ID him/herself the Driver ID will continue using the identity from the previous driver.

'''Note:''' The Driver ID will continue beeping and the LED flashing bright green until the driver has connected his/her own unique driver key.

 

==Appendix A : Specifications==

[[File:X2_electrical_Specifications.JPG|900px|]]

===Idrive PowerUp Electrical specifications===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!PowerUP Specifications ||
|-
| Input || 12-24 VDC Vehicles, Nominal Charging: 13.8-14.4 VDC for 12VDC, To Prevent Discharge: 13.4 -14.4 VDC
12-24 VDC Vehicles, Nominal Charging: 27.6-28.8 VDC for 24VDC, To Prevent Discharge: 27.6-28.8 VDC
|-
|Output || Voltage Spike Protected, according to ISO7637-2 with Capacitors providing consistent power for up to 15 seconds for X1P/X2 and other small devices. .7A is normal operating draw for Xseries products permitting up to 1.5A for short periods of time.
|-
|Max Current || PowerUp is designed to support a single device. Max Peak current consumption is 2 amps. PowerUp is not designed to operate at Peak for prolonged periods of time and will cause failure
|-
|Back-Up Power || 12.5 VDC Nominal for connected Devices
Up to 0.84F Back-Up Capacitance
X1P or X2 for up to Fifteen (15) Seconds
|-
|Capacitor Life || 0.84F Capacitance, 4-5 Years Typical Life - Replaceable
|-
|Voltage Spike Protection || 12/24 VDC Vehicle Surge and Spike, up to 87V for 0.4 seconds, according to ISO7637-2
|-
|Operating Temperature || 0-50˚C
|-
|Size and Weight || L: 6” , W : 2” H : 1.6”
Weight: TBD
|-
|}

File:X2 wired panic button.jpg

2015-01-24T17:38:11Z

Jeff: Jeff uploaded a new version of "File:X2 wired panic button.jpg"

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T18:36:04Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more target flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T18:33:40Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the target flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T18:30:24Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports slack ENT from the main display.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T18:25:17Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T18:19:20Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
::: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
::: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
::: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
::: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
::: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.
::: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
::: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
::: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
::: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
::: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T18:17:27Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
:: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
:: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
:: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
:: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
:: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
:: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
:: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T18:11:05Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
:: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
:: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
:: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
:: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
:: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 11. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
:: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
:: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T18:06:47Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.
[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
:: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
:: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
:: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.
:: Make more copies proceeding to Step 9.
:: End job by proceeding Step 10 .

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

Step 10. To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
:: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
:: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T17:45:00Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.
[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
:: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
:: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
:: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

:: Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

:: To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
:: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
:: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:Power Button.jpg

2015-01-12T17:41:21Z

Jeff: Jeff uploaded a new version of "File:Power Button.jpg"

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T17:38:37Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.
[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
:: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
:: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
:: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

:: Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

:: To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
:: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
:: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:System Power Up Start.jpg

2015-01-12T17:35:57Z

Jeff: Jeff uploaded a new version of "File:System Power Up Start.jpg"

File:Power Button.jpg

2015-01-12T17:34:14Z

Jeff: Jeff uploaded a new version of "File:Power Button.jpg"

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-12T17:23:13Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port. Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.
[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
:: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
:: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
:: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

:: Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

:: To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
:: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
:: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-10T21:14:37Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port.
:: Select ENT from the main display.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.
[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
:: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
:: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
:: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

:: Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

:: To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
:: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
:: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:System Power Up Start.jpg

2015-01-10T21:07:52Z

Jeff:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-10T21:07:21Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up_Start.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.
[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
:: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
:: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
:: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

:: Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

:: To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
:: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
:: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:F2 Display.jpg

2015-01-10T21:02:38Z

Jeff:

Manufacturing:X2 Device Manufacturing and Programming Process

2015-01-10T21:01:42Z

Jeff: /* Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator */

==Copyright Information==

This document contains proprietary information that is protected by copyright. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Idrive Inc.

 

==About This Document==

This document contains the information necessary to produce a Idrive Main board suitable for building of an Idrive X2 series camera. This includes all programming, testing, focus of lenses and bar code label.

 

==About Idrive X2 Production Process ==

The production process for the Idrive X2 cameras has been created with purpose in mind of tracking all work in progress as well as finished goods. This information is sent over the internet to the Idrive AdminCenter website where it is logged and configuration information is obtained for each device. As much of the testing as possible has been automated however certain steps will require human intervention. Where ever possible a bar code reader is used to reduce input errors.

To facilitate this tracking each X2 Main board '''MUST HAVE''' a serial number assigned to it. Idrive produces the range of serial numbers for each build and allocates them to the assembly vendor when a purchase order is issued. This serial number must remain unique and track through the production process all the way to a finished camera (which will inherit this serial number) or to scrap of the PCB assembly due to defect. A serial number should NEVER be reused.

 

==X2 Camera Processing Overview==

[[File:x2-process-overview.jpg|700px|]]

 

==Idrive X2 Main Board Assembly==
 

===Assemble PCB===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Main Board PCB Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printed Circuit Board
|-
|All components as listed in "Idrive X2 REV 1.1 Main Board" Bill of Materials
|-
|Pre-printed Bar Code Labels with Serial Number
|-
|}

'''1.''' SMT Assembly steps - Use the supplied pick and place information supplied by Idrive Inc.

'''2.''' Manual Assembly Steps (Through Hole components etc)

'''3.''' Place Barcode label in the S/N box on the PCB next to the Power Connector

[[File:x2-driver_side_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_assy.jpg|700px|]]
 

===Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Top Level Main Board Assembly Materials'''
|- Idrive X2 Vx.x.x Printer Circuit Board
|-
|4GB Pre-Programmed Micro SD card (Contains OS for camera)
|-
|8GB Micro SD card (No pre-programming, used for event storage)
|-
|2 Lens Holders (11mm Height)
|-
|4 Lens Holder screws (2 for each lens holder)
|-
|DSL-218A Lens for Road side of the camera (side of the PCB with the power connector) '''(the lens for the Road Side of the camera is different from the Driver side of the camera)'''
|-
|DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side of the camera (side of the PCB with the Processor on it) '''(the lens for the Driver Side camera is different from the Road Side of the camera)'''
|-
|Bar code Labels with Serial number
|-
|}

'''1.''' Insert the '''Pre-programmed''' 4GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Driver Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:4gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:4gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''2.''' Insert the 8GB Micro SD card into the SD socket on the '''Road Side''' of the Main Board.

[[File:8gbsd_socket1.jpg|300px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket2.jpg|400px|]] [[File:8gbsd_socket3.jpg|400px|]]

'''3.''' Mount of the two Lens Holders to the board

'''4.''' Insert the proper lens in the correct side in the Lens Holders(Lenses are glued after programming and focus)

::- '''DSL-180C Lens for Driver Side'''

::- '''DSL-218A Lens for Road Side'''

'''5.''' Advance the Top Level X2 Main Board PCB assembly to the X2 Programming Station

[[File:x2-driver_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]] [[File:x2-road_side_top_assy.jpg|700px|]]

 

===X2 Main Board Initial Programming===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Idrive X2 Programming & Lens Focus Materials'''
|-
|Idrive X2 Programming Station
|-
|Idrive Top Level X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|Lens focus targets
|-
|Super Glue (for fixing lenses) (Loctite Control, Extra Time or equivalent)
|-
|}

 

====Initialize Programming Station====

 New X2 programmer picture here

[[#X2 Programming Station Initialization|X2 Programming Station Initialization]]

====Setup X2 Main Board====

'''1.''' Place the Idrive X2 Main board in to the Device holding Fixture.

'''2.''' Connect the Power cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''3.''' Connect the ? cable between the Idrive X2 Main Board and the Programming Fixture.

'''4.''' 

 New Pictures of the X2 here

[[File:x2dutfront.jpg|400px|]] [[File:x2dutback.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

==== Automatic Install====

[[File:x2fwautoinststart.jpg|thumb|700px|]]

'''1.''' Click on the Factory-New Devices-Auto button to open The Automatic Install window

'''2.''' Scan the Bar Code label with the serial number (if no bar code scanner is available type the serial number from the bar code label into the serial number input field in the Idrive Factory Tools Application)

'''3.''' Click on the Auto Install Button and the Automatic Install window will open

[[File:x2fwautoinstall.jpg|400px|]]

 

[[File:x2fwinstalled.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''4.'''Click on Start Installation Button
:The program will automatically step through the programming sequence and report status of each step.

::*Installing Boot Loader

::*Configuring Device

::* Contacts Admin Center to get settings for the device

::* Tests Door Wire Event

::* Tests Panic Wire Event

::* Tests Alarm Wire Event

::* Tests GPS External Interface

::* Tests Accessory Ports

: If any of these steps fail the program will stop and give an error. If all steps are successful the program will enter into Lens Focus Mode.

 

====Lens Focusing====

[[File:x2fwlensfocusmode.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

'''1.''' Select "Inside Camera" Tab and Focus the Driver Side Lens(DSL-180C) (the same side as the Processor). '''The focal length for the inside camera should be ~1.5 meters'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-180c_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''2.''' Select "Outside camera" Tab and Focus the Road Side Lens (DSL-218A) (the same side as Power Connector). '''The Focal Length for the outside camera should be as far as possible'''

[[File:sunex_dsl-218A_lens.jpg|left|250px|]]

'''3.''' Once focused fix the each lens with a drop of super glue.

'''4.''' '''Verify that the lenses can not move'''.

'''5.''' Select "Both cameras" Tab and Verify the lenses are focused.

'''6.''' If images are focused and clear click on the "Lens Focus OK" button and the focus mode will close. If the image is not clear for some reason click on the "Lens Focus Not OK" the focus mode will exit so corrective action can be taken

'''7.''' Remove the assembly from the test fixture and '''Test the lenses after several minutes to ensure they have taken the glue and cannot be moved'''

'''8.''' Advance the Main Board Assembly to the Driver Side Case Assembly Station.

 

==Idrive X2 Camera Top Level Assembly==

===Driver Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Drive Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Plastic Case
|-
|LED Plastic Lens
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Subassemblies'''
|-
|X2 LED Board Assembly
|-
|X2 LED Ribbon Cable
|-
|X2 Main Board Assembly
|-
|}

'''1.''' Snap the LED Lens into the Driver Side Case

::- Ensure that the two LED indents are towards the bottom of the camera

::- Clear LED lens is shown to enhance the view of indents

::- Actual LED Lens is black/opaque as shown

[[File:x2_led_lens_assy.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2_led_cable_conn.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the LED Board to The Main Board with the Ribbon Cable

::- Slide cable into the connectors with the contacts up as shown

::- Slide the brown tabs at the sides of the connector to secure cable in place.

[[File:led_cable_slide_latch_open.jpg|300px|]] [[File:led_cable_slide_closed.jpg|300px|]]

'''3.''' Snap the LED Board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2_led_assy_incase.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the X2 Main board Assembly into the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2drivercase2.jpg|left|250px|]]

 

===Road Side Case Assembly===

{| class="wikitable floatleft"
|-
!'''X2 Windshield Support Materials'''
|-
|Plastic Windshield Support
|-
|Plastic Support Back Plate
|-
|Screw for Support Back Plate
|-
|3M Adhesive Tape
|-
!'''X2 Road Side Case Materials'''
|-
|Road Side Plastic case
|-
|Plastic Support Spur
|-
|Screw for Support Spur
|-
|Plastic Dust Cover for Accessory Connectors
|-
|Screw for Support attachment to Spur
|-
|Washer for Support Screw
|-
|Locknut for Support Attachment
|-
|}
{| class="wikitable floatcenter"
|-
!'''Electronic Module Materials'''
|-
|SparkLan WiFi Module with FCC Label
|-
|WiFi cable
|-
|Dual Band WiFi Antenna
|-
|Screws for WiFi mounting
|-
|GPS Module Assembly
|-
|}

 

'''1.''' Assemble Windshield Support Base Assembly (Step may be performed in advance at a different station)

[[File:x2winshieldsupport.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2winshieldsupport2.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Attach Base Support Spur to the Road Side Case with the screw (Note correct orientation of Support Spur)

[[File:x2supportspur1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2supportspur3.jpg|320px|]]

'''3.''' Attach Windshield support to the Support Spur using the screw, washer and locknut. (Note correct orientation of the window mount)

[[File:x2attachmount.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount2.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2attachmount3.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Install the Wifi Module with cable and antenna, secure with 2 screws as shown

[[File:x2wifimodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2wifimodule2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' '''Affix the WiFi FCC label to the back of the case as shown'''

Picture

'''6.''' Install GPS Module as shown. Ensure the cable is routed properly

[[File:x2gpsmodule1.jpg|320px|]][[File:x2gpsmodule2.jpg|320px|]]

 

===Top Level Camera Assembly===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Top Level Camera Materials'''
|-
|Driver Side Case Assembly
|-
|Road Side Case Assembly
|-
|Bar Code Label with Serial Number
|-
|Case Screw
|-
|}

'''1.''' Mount the WiFi Antenna on the Driver Side Case as shown

[[File:x2wifiantenna.jpg|320px|]]

'''2.''' Scan the Serial Number sticker on the Main Board and affix the corresponding Sticker to the outside of the Road Case as shown

'''3.''' Connect the GPS and WiFi Cables to the Main Board

[[File:x2wifiandgpsattachment.jpg|320px|]]

'''4.''' Snap the two halves of the camera together.

::- Ensure no cables interfere or block the Lenses, Power Connector or USB opening

[[File:x2twohalves.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear1.jpg|320px|]] [[File:x2cablesclear2.jpg|320px|]]

'''5.''' Secure the cases to together with the case screw

[[File:x2casescrew1.jpg|320px|]]

 

==Final X2 Camera Testing (Bi-Color LEDS, Accelerometers, IR LEDs, Wifi Transfers, GPS)==

'''Note:'''The Idrive X2 programmer may also be used to perform this portion of the programming provided a wireless router is configured and connected to the system. For better throughput and to reduce the number of wireless networks in a factory environment it is recommended that the x6 Programmer be used. Because this document is intended to support production the x6 programmer process is shown here.

<br\><br\>

[[File:x2_final_testing.jpg|800px|]]

===Stage 2 Initialize x6 programming station===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|thumb|900px|]]

[[#x6 Final Test Station Initialization|x6 Final Test Station Initialization]]

'''1.''' Connect up to 6 cameras into the x6 programmer using the 6 pin power cables

'''2.''' Turn on the power switch of the x6 programmer (applies power to the programmer)

<br\><br\>

===Test Bi-Color LED function===

'''1.''' Press the "12 Volt On/Off" Button on the x6 programmer (applies +12volts to the Devices)

'''2.''' Press any one of the Ignition On buttons (Turns the Ignition on for all of the Devices)

'''2.''' As the cameras boot observer the Bi-Color LEDs and confirm correct function

[[File:x2_bicolor_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Test Accelerometer function===

'''1.''' After camera turns Green/Green shake the camera to trigger a shock event

'''2.''' While the shock event is recording place your hand in front of the Driver Side Lens to check the IR LED Function

[[File:x2_ir_led_test.jpg|400px|]]

<br\><br\>

===Transfer the event(s) to the Test Station===

'''1.''' Turn off the Ignition to the camera(s) and verify that each camera downloads

::- Green text is good (verification that a shock event triggered and has GPS data)

::- Red text is bad (Camera connected but no event was downloaded or failed GPS Data)

::- No text (camera did not download to test station. WiFi failure?)

<br\><br\>

===Play and Evaluate downloaded event file(s)===

::- Verify Both Driver and Road side images are clear and in focus

::- Verify that you can see the IR light reflected off of your hand

::- Verify audio sound clarity

'''10.''' Disconnect the power cable from the Camera(s)

'''11.''' Check the "Final Box" in AdminCenter to make the camera eligible for shipment. Advance the Camera to Shipping

New Picture with X2 shown

[[File:stage2dl704.jpg|1100px|]]

 

==Shipping and Device Assignment==

'''Using the idrive admincenter to ship idrive devices from the factory.'''

Login in with your user name and password to [http://admincenter.idrive.pro/ http://admincenter.idrive.pro]

Click on shipping

[[image:idrsd1.jpg|500x250px]]

Click on ADD to start the process

[[image:idrsd2.jpg|1200x250px]]

Use the Pull-down fields to select: Company, Location, Quote, Date, Address, Contact, Shipping Company (Tracking Number(s) can be entered later if it is not yet available). Click on "Add S/N" to open the form for device selection.

[[image:idrsd3.jpg|700x400px]]

:* We really need the scanner to do this to reduce the errors.

In the device selection form check the box next to the device(s) to be shipped. You can search the list by typing the last 3 characters into the "S/N" box which will highlight the device you are searching for. Once ALL of the devices are selected click on the "X" to close the window.

[[image:idrsd4.jpg|800x200px]]

Verify the correct number of IDRX2 units (the other items ship from elsewhere) and Click "Next(Confirm shipping)"

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd5.jpg|800x550px]]

After Confirmation a Shipping form will come up. This should be printed and included with the shipment of the devices to the customer.

:* New Picture

[[image:idrsd6.jpg|1000x500px]]

Select the "Shipping List" Tab. If you need to add tracking information you must do it before closing out the shipment using the edit button. Select "Close" to assign the cameras to the customer as well as send the automated notification of the shipment to the people on the distribution list. The "Close" process will be performed by Idrive after our review of the shipment.

[[image:idrsd7.jpg|800x550px]]

Done.

<br\><br\>

==Appendix A - SD Card Preparation ==

The SD cards could be formatted EXT4 during configuration OR NOT, this option is available under settings . However, this is a quick format, it will take less than 1min for 64GB card. Usually 64GB cards are coming formatted ExFAT which is not supported by Linux so at least in this case we need this option but I will suggest to use EXT4 for all storage cards(8GB-64Gb) is more safe – FAT can be easily corrupt. Also there is an open source Windows driver for ext3/4 that can be used to read these cards: http://www.ext2fsd.com/

After duplication affix label or stamp with version so there is a difference between programmed and unprogrammed cards.

 

===Use of Vinpower SDShark Duplicator===

[[File:vinpower_11.jpg|250px|]]

 

Step 1. Turn on the system by pressing the Power button.

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 2. After it has booted up, the main menu screen will appear (root menu) that signifies the system is ready.

[[File:System_Power_Up.jpg|300px|]]

Step 3. Insert the master flash card into the Source port.

[[File:Original.jpg|300px|]]

Step 4. Confirm that RAW mode is slacked on the main menu screen.

[[File:RAW_Display.jpg|300px|]]

Step 5. If RAW is not the slacked mode select F2, ENT, ESC from the main display.

[[File:F2_Display.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Enter_Button.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Escape_F2.jpg|300px|]]

Step 6. Insert empty target flash devices into the other non-Source ports.
:: Once the system detects one or more empty flash devices,
:: the system will countdown 30 seconds prior to executing the copy.
:: Any new device detected will reset the countdown period.
[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Device_Port_Status.jpg|400px|]]

Step 7. Upon completion the system will display the job report.
:: OK:00 indicates the number of copies passed in this process.
:: NG:00 indicates the number of copies failed in this process.
:: JOB:00 indicates the number of copies in this entire fob.

Step 8. Remove all the flash devices for the current job and proceed to either.

[[File:Remove.jpg|300px|]]

:: Make more copies by connecting more flash devices.

[[File:Target.jpg|300px|]]

:: To end the job and go back to the root menu by pressing the "ESC" button.

[[File:ESC_Button.jpg|300px|]]

Step 9. Shutdown to avoid possible system failures the system needs to be shutdown properly.
:: Select F2 from the main display thin select "ENT". When the display says it's Okay push
:: the power button.

[[File:Power_OFF.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_OFF2.jpg|300px|]]

[[File:Power_Button.jpg|300px|]]

 

===Use of USB Image Tool===

http://www.alexpage.de/usb-image-tool/faq

http://www.alexpage.de

1) double click on USB Image Tool.exe

2) Use Device Mode

3) Click on Restore

5) Select path to Image file

 

==Appendix B - Idrive X2 Programming Station Documentation ==

===Programming Station Components===

:* :* New Picture Rewrite entier section for new programmer

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''X2 Programming Station Components '''
|-
| :* Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
|:* Idrive V2 Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| This
|-
| That
|-
| The Other thing
|-
| and
|-
| plus
|-
| this too
|-
| stuff
|-
| another item
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Lens Focus Charts
|-
|:* New Picture SD Card (with firmware and filesystem files)
|-
| Micro SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

:* Different requirements?

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
|100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

:* Need requirements

* TeamViewer V9 (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* SDFormat tool the ( https://www.sdcard.org/downloads/formatter_4 ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.3.0

 

===X2 Programmer Connections===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-connections.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

===X2 Programmer Switches===

New Picture

[[File:V7-Programmer-switches.jpg|500px|]]

<br\><br\>

=== X2 Programming Station Initialization===

<br\>

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the X2 Programmer====

New Picture

[[File:v7fixtswitches.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

Ensure all switches are in the off position as shown.

Turn On the Power switch and leave the programmer on for the batch of boards.(you do not need to turn it off to program the next board)

'''Note:''' In auto programming mode only the Power Switch is used. The other the switch functions are controlled via software

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

 New pictures and process

[[File:factorytooltop.jpg|thumb|600px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop to open the application [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

::'''Factory-New Devices-Auto'''

::Select for Automatic programming of New Idrive X1 Devices (Most commonly used mode)

::'''Factory-New Devices- Manual'''

::Select for Manual Custom Programming of New Idrive X1 Devices

::'''RMA'''

::Select for RMA processing of Existing Idrive X1 Devices (Password protected)

::'''Idrive Development'''

::For internal Idrive Development use only (Password protected)

::'''SETTINGS'''

::Select to set Port number or non-standard IP addresses

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::Factory Manual on Admin Center

 

===='''3.''' Configure Application Settings for the Programming Station====

Same? Different

Click on Settings

'''Barcode Scanner''' Set the port number for the Barcode scanner. (Normally Human Interface Scanner)

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Config and Install''' Set the port number for the fixture.

(Port number can be checked in "Control Panel> System and Settings> Administrative Tools> Computer Management> Device Manager> Ports)

'''Event Test''' Set for non-standard IP addresses

[[File:barcodesettings240.jpg|left|550px|]] [[File:portsettings250.jpg|thumb|550px|]]

 

===='''4.''' Select Programming Mode (Normally Auto)====

Same? Different?

[[File:factorytool-auto250.jpg|thumb|500px|]]

:Click on Factory-New Devices-Auto

::'''Serial Number field'''

::12 character serial number for the device to be programmed as read from the bar-code label on the Motherboard. The serial number can be typed in but usually it is filled in by the bar code scanner. After the field is populated press enter and the Auto Install Button will become active.

::'''Auto Install Button'''

::A valid serial number must be entered for the button to be active. When selected it will open the The Automatic Install window (see below)

::'''Lens Focus'''

::Reenter Focus mode for a device that previously failed this step.

::'''Event Test-Transfer and Play'''

::For Review of Events transferred from programmed X1 series board in the Final Programming Station

::'''Settings'''

:: Set the Port number to look for the programming fixture

::'''Factory Wiki'''

::This document on the Idrive Admin Center

 

===V7 programmer final programming process===

Same? Different?

:'''1.''' Open the Events test - Transfer and Play window in the Factory Tool

:'''2.''' Power on the wireless router

:'''3.''' Turn on the "Power On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''4.''' Plug the 6 pin power cable into the camera (No HDMI Cable is used!)

:'''5.''' Turn on The "Idrive On/Off" Switch on the V7 Programmer

:'''6.''' Turn on the Ignition Switch and wait for the LEDs on the camera to turn Green/Green

:'''7.''' Gently shake the camera to record a shock event (Left LED will be Red during recording)

:'''8.''' When both LEDs on the camera are Green turn Off the Ignition Switch (Event will download to the Factory tool)

:'''9.''' Review Event(s) and check for

::* An event is present for each Camera

::* Focus and Image quality

::* Verify that the audio is working

::* Verify there is GPS data for each event

<br\><br\>

===Cable Diagrams===

==Appendix C - Idrive x6 Programming Station Documentation==

<br\>

===Idrive x6 Final Programming Station Requirements===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Final Programming Station Components '''
|-
| Computer with Monitor and speaker(s)(see requirements below)
|-
| Idrive x6 Final Programmer
|-
| Internet Connection
|-
| USB Cable type B to type A max. 1.5m
|-
| Idrive Power Cables 6 PIN to 6 PIN
|-
| 2 Cat 5E Cable (internet connection, Wireless router)
|-
| Stabilized Power Supply 12V, 6A Minimum
|-
| Bar Code Scanner
|-
| Wireless router
|-
| SD card reader – primarily for RMA activity to recover events from the SD card
|-
|}

<br\>

===Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup===

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Computer Hardware Minimum Requirements and Setup '''
|-
| Monitor (needs to support 1600X1200 screen resolution)
|-
| Speaker(s)
|-
| Windows XP or better, Windows 7 Professional recommended
|-
| 1GB RAM
|-
| 100 GB Hard Disk
|-
| 2 Network adaptors (NICs)
|-
|}

Network Adapters LAN settings:

: Connection one for the Programming Fixture

::- IP address: 192.168.0.10

::- Subnet Mask: 255.255.0.0

::- Default gateway: Blank

:- Connection two for local network with access to internet

::- DHCP or as required by location

<br\>

===Computer Software Requirements===

* TeamViewer (http://www.teamviewer.com ) - personal license. Install TeamViewer - during setup you need to choose the Personal license installation!

* OpenJTAG Driver for USB

* Bar Code Scanner Software - '''need to identify'''

* SDFormat tool the ( http://www.sdcard.org/consumers/formatter_3/eula ) '''DO NOT USE THE QUICK FORMAT Use the “Full(rewrite) option!'''

* Idrive Factory Tools 2.2.0

 

===x6 Final Programmer Connections===

[[File:x6-final-Programmer-connections.jpg|600px|]]

<br\><br\>

===x6 Final Programmer Switches===

[[File:x6fixtswitchesauto.jpg|left|600px|]] [[File:x6fixtswitchesman.jpg|650px|]]

<br\><br\><br\><br\>

===x6 Final Test Station Initialization===

===='''1.'''Configure Switches on the x1 Programmer====

Ensure the power switch is in the off position as shown.

 

===='''2.''' Launch the Idrive Factory Tools 2.0 Application====

[[File:fwtransandplay.jpg|thumb|800px|]]

:Double click the icon on the Desktop [[File:factorytool-icon.jpg|100px|]]

:Click on Factory - New Devices - Auto [[File:fwfactorynewauto.jpg|300px|]]

:Click on Event Test - Transfer and Play [[File:fwevttesttransplay.jpg|300px|]]

This opens the transfer and Play window

 

===Wireless router Setup===

If a wireless router is used with the V7 programmer a small network hub is required to share the idrive programmer NIC on the computer.

* LAN IP address 192.168.0.1

* Network Mask 255.255.0.0

* Default Gateway Blank

* 5.8GHz band?

* Encryption?

* Same? Different? SSID bwifi

* No DHCP

* No DNS

* No WAN settings (not in use)

 <br\>

==Appendix D - Assembly Process Stations==

<br\><br\>

===Final X1 Series Camera Assembly===

'''Need new Picture(s)with the new board'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''Station 5 – “Final Assembly” Mechanical assy'''
|-
|GPS Assembly
|-
|Wi-Fi Assembly(With label for case)
|-
|Idrive Road Case Assembly
|-
|Low Static Hi-Temp Kapton Polyimide Film Tape 2.7 Mil, 3/8"
|-
|Idrive X1 PCB –pre-programmed PCB with Focused Lenses
|-
|Idrive Driver Side Case with IR LED board
|-
|M3x18 screw
|-
|1 Label with bar coded serial number for camera case
|-
|}

'''1.''' Place the Wifi assembly into the Road Case Assembly and align it with the 3 pins molded into the case. Route the Antenna Cable as shown and attach it to the case with the double sided tape. Secure the Wifi carrier to the case with a piece of Kapton Tape to prevent movement

 New picture

[[File:wifiincase704.jpg|Left|500px|]] [[File:wifisecured704.jpg|300px|]]

'''2.''' Connect the WiFi module to the main board (Idrive X2 PCB)

 New Picture

[[File:wificonnectmb704.jpg|300px|]]

'''4.''' Place the Main Board into The Road Case. First insert the end of the board closest to the lenses and then click in the top. Use tweezers to deflect the top tab so that excessive force is not needed to seat the board. Ensure that the Wifi cable does not obstruct the USB connector opening or the lens.

 New Picture

[[File:mbinstincase704.jpg|300px|]]

'''5.''' Place the second Bar Code Label (Serial Number) on the back of the case (make sure that the label for the case matches the label on the SD Card Connector).'''Need correct Picture''' '''Do we need the Wifi Label on here too for FCC etc?'''

[[File:cambarcodelabel704.jpg|300px|]]

'''6.''' Insert the GPS Module into the Road Case and connect the cable to the Main Board. '''Ensure that the cable is not pinched between the Black Ceramic Antenna and the Plastic case. This can cut and wear out the wires!'''

 New Picture

[[File:gpsmodincase704.jpg|left|300px|]] [[File:gpscabelconnect704.jpg|600px|]]

'''7.''' Connect the ribbon cable from the IR LED board

'''8.''' Close the case starting with the top hooks.When the case is properly closed there should be no gap in the seam between halves of the case.

'''8.''' Fix the case with the central screw in the back.

<br\><br\>

===Final Inspection and Packing===

'''Final Inspection:'''

'''1.''' The correct placement of the adhesive tape on the Mounting Base

'''2.''' The correctitude of the assembly

'''3.''' No spots, no scratches etc.

'''4.''' The existence of the Serial Number and Wifi label on the back of the case

'''Each Idrive X2 Kit requires one each of the following:'''

{| class="wikitable"
|-
!'''IDR-KIT-X2-V-TBD'''
|-
|Completed Idrive X2 series Camera
|-
|Idrive X2 Power Cable harness Assembly
|-
|Idrive Wired Panic Button Assembly
|-
|Idrive Driver ID Assembly - is this true?
|-
|}

File:RAW Display.jpg

2015-01-09T16:34:49Z

Jeff: Jeff uploaded a new version of "File:RAW Display.jpg"